https://github.com/TEIC/TEI
Tip revision: 347c64fac3fa1a64ade0d8d1842813d4b8f7acec authored by Hugh Cayless on 12 May 2017, 16:57:59 UTC
Updates.
Updates.
Tip revision: 347c64f
PH.html
<!DOCTYPE html
SYSTEM "about:legacy-compat">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /><!--THIS FILE IS GENERATED FROM AN XML MASTER. DO NOT EDIT (4)--><title>11 Representation of Primary Sources - The TEI Guidelines</title><meta property="Language" content="en" /><meta property="DC.Title" content="11 Representation of Primary Sources - The TEI Guidelines" /><meta property="DC.Language" content="SCHEME=iso639 en" /><meta property="DC.Creator.Address" content="tei@oucs.ox.ac.uk" /><meta charset="utf-8" /><link href="guidelines.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /><link href="odd.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /><link rel="stylesheet" media="print" type="text/css" href="guidelines-print.css" /><script type="text/javascript" src="jquery-1.2.6.min.js"></script><script type="text/javascript" src="columnlist.js"></script><script type="text/javascript" src="popupFootnotes.js"></script><script type="text/javascript">
$(function() {
$('ul.attrefs-class').columnizeList({cols:3,width:30,unit:'%'});
$('ul.attrefs-element').columnizeList({cols:3,width:30,unit:'%'});
$(".displayRelaxButton").click(function() {
$(this).parent().find('.RNG_XML').toggle();
$(this).parent().find('.RNG_Compact').toggle();
});
$(".tocTree .showhide").click(function() {
$(this).find(".tocShow,.tocHide").toggle();
$(this).parent().find("ul.continuedtoc").toggle();
});
})
</script><script type="text/javascript"><!--
var displayXML=0;
states=new Array()
states[0]="element-a"
states[1]="element-b"
states[2]="element-c"
states[3]="element-d"
states[4]="element-e"
states[5]="element-f"
states[6]="element-g"
states[7]="element-h"
states[8]="element-i"
states[9]="element-j"
states[10]="element-k"
states[11]="element-l"
states[12]="element-m"
states[13]="element-n"
states[14]="element-o"
states[15]="element-p"
states[16]="element-q"
states[17]="element-r"
states[18]="element-s"
states[19]="element-t"
states[20]="element-u"
states[21]="element-v"
states[22]="element-w"
states[23]="element-x"
states[24]="element-y"
states[25]="element-z"
function startUp() {
}
function hideallExcept(elm) {
for (var i = 0; i < states.length; i++) {
var layer;
if (layer = document.getElementById(states[i]) ) {
if (states[i] != elm) {
layer.style.display = "none";
}
else {
layer.style.display = "block";
}
}
}
var mod;
if ( mod = document.getElementById('byMod') ) {
mod.style.display = "none";
}
}
function showall() {
for (var i = 0; i < states.length; i++) {
var layer;
if (layer = document.getElementById(states[i]) ) {
layer.style.display = "block";
}
}
}
function showByMod() {
hideallExcept('');
var mod;
if (mod = document.getElementById('byMod') ) {
mod.style.display = "block";
}
}
--></script></head><body><div id="container"><div id="banner"><img src="Images/banner.jpg" alt="Text Encoding Initiative logo and banner" /></div></div><div class="mainhead"><h1>P5:
Guidelines for Electronic Text Encoding and Interchange</h1><p>Version 3.1.1a. Last updated on
10th May 2017, revision bd8dda3</p></div><div id="onecol" class="main-content"><h2><span class="headingNumber">11 </span>Representation of Primary Sources</h2><div class="div1" id="PH"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_left"><p><span class="subtochead">Table of contents</span></p><div class="subtoc"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PHFAX" title="Digital Facsimiles">11.1 Digital Facsimiles</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PH-transcr" title="Combining Transcription with Facsimile">11.2 Combining Transcription with Facsimile</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PHST" title="Scope of Transcriptions">11.3 Scope of Transcriptions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone" title="Advanced Uses of surface and zone">11.4 Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PHLAY" title="Aspects of Layout">11.5 Aspects of Layout</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PHSK" title="Headers Footers and Similar Matter">11.6 Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions">11.7 Identifying Changes and Revisions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#PHTRXX" title="Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines">11.8 Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="subtoc" href="PH.html#index-body.1_div.11_div.9">11.9 Module for Transcription of Primary Sources</a></li></ul></div><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="MS.html"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="TC.html"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><p>This chapter defines a module intended for use in the representation of primary sources, such as manuscripts or other written materials. Section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHFAX" title="Digital Facsimiles"><span class="headingNumber">11.1 </span>Digital Facsimiles</a> provides elements for handling digitally-encoded images of such materials. This module may also be useful in the preparation of critical editions, but the module defined here is distinct from that defined in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a>, and may be used independently of it. Detailed metadata relating to primary sources of any kind may be recorded using the elements defined by the manuscript description module discussed in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html" title="Manuscript Description"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a>, but again the present module may be used independently if such data is not required.</p><p>Although this chapter discusses manuscript materials more frequently than other forms of written text, most of the recommendations presented are equally applicable <span class="foreign">mutatis mutandis</span> to the encoding of printed matter or indeed any form of written source, including monumental inscriptions. Similarly, where in the following descriptions terms such as ‘scribe’, ‘author’, ‘editor’, ‘annotator’ or ‘corrector’ are used, these may be re-interpreted in terms more appropriate to the medium being transcribed. In printed material, for example, the ‘compositor’ plays a role analogous to the ‘scribe’, while in an authorial manuscript, the author and the scribe are the same person.</p><div class="teidiv1" id="PHFAX"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-transcr"><span class="headingNumber">11.2 </span>Combining Transcription with Facsimile</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHFAX" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Digital Facsimiles</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.1 </span><span class="head">Digital Facsimiles</span></h3><p>These Guidelines are mostly concerned with the preparation of digital texts in which pre-existing sources are transcribed or otherwise converted into character form, and marked up in XML. However, it is also very common practice to make a different form of ‘digital text’, which is instead composed of digital images of the original source, typically one per page, or other written surface. We call such a resource a <span class="term">digital facsimile</span>. A digital facsimile may, in the simplest case, just consist of a collection of images, with some metadata to identify them and the source materials portrayed. It may sometimes contain a variety of images of the same source pages, perhaps of different resolutions, or of different kinds. Such a collection may form part of any kind of document, for example a commentary of a codicological or paleographic nature, where there is a need to align explanatory text with image data. It may also be complemented by a transcribed or encoded version of the original source, which may be linked to the page images. In this section we present elements designed to support these various possibilities and discuss the associated mechanisms provided by these Guidelines.</p><p>When this module is included in a schema, the class <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme." href="ref-att.global.html">att.global</a> is extended to include two new pointer attributes, <span class="att">facs</span> and <span class="att">change</span>: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.global.facs.html">att.global.facs</a></span> provides an attribute used to express correspondence between an element containing transcribed text and all or part of an image representing that text.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">facs</span></td><td>(facsimile) points to all or part of an image which corresponds with the content of the element.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.global.change.html">att.global.change</a></span> supplies the <span class="att">change</span> attribute, allowing its member elements to specify one or more states or revision campaigns with which they are associated.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">change</span></td><td>points to one or more <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements documenting a state or revision campaign to which the element bearing this attribute and its children have been assigned by the encoder.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p> The <span class="att">change</span> attribute is discussed further below in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a>. The <span class="att">facs</span> attribute is used to associate any element in a transcription with an image of the corresponding part of the source, by means of the usual URI pointing mechanism. </p><div class="p">In the simple case where a digital text is composed of page images, the <span class="att">facs</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> element may be used to associate each image with an appropriate point in the text: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92039" class="pre egXML_feasible"><span class="element"><TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0"></span><br /> <span class="element"><teiHeader></span><br /><span class="comment"><!--...--></span><br /> <span class="element"></teiHeader></span><br /> <span class="element"><text></span><br /> <span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page1.png</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text contained on page 1 is encoded here --></span><br /> <span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2.png</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text contained on page 2 is encoded here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></text></span><br /><span class="element"></TEI></span></div> By convention, this encoding indicates that the image indicated by the <span class="att">facs</span> attribute represents the whole of the text following the <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> (pagebreak) element, up to the next <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> element. Any convenient milestone element (see further <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CORS5" title="Milestone Elements"><span class="headingNumber">3.10.3 </span>Milestone Elements</a>) could be used in the same way; for example if the images represent individual columns, the <a class="gi" title="(column break) marks the beginning of a new column of a text on a multi-column page." href="ref-cb.html">cb</a> element might be used. Though simple, this method has some drawbacks. It does not scale well to more complex cases where, for example, the images do not correspond exactly with transcribed pages, or where the intention is to align specific marked up elements with detailed images, or parts of images. The management of information about the images may become more difficult if references to them are scattered through many files rather than being concentrated in a single identifiable location. Nevertheless, this solution may be adequate for many straightforward ‘digital library’ applications.</div><p>The recommended approach to encoding facsimiles is instead to use the <span class="att">facs</span> attribute in conjunction with the elements <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> or <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a>, and the elements <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a>, <a class="gi" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a>, and <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a>, which are also provided by this module. These elements make it possible to accommodate multiple images of each page, as well as to record the position and relative size of elements identified on any kind of written surface and to link such elements with digital facsimile images of them. Typical applications include the provision of full text search in ‘digital facsimile editions’, and ways of annotating graphics, for example so as to identify individuals appearing in group portraits and link them to data about the people represented.</p><p>The following elements are available to represent components of a digital facsimile: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a></span> contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a></span> contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a <span class="foreign">dossier génétique</span> or collection of sources.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-surface.html">surface</a></span> defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a></span> defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-zone.html">zone</a></span> defines any two-dimensional area within a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">points [att.coordinated]</span></td><td>identifies a two dimensional area within the bounding box specified by the other attributes by means of a series of pairs of numbers, each of which gives the x,y coordinates of a point on a line enclosing the area.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>Either of the <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> or <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> elements may be used to represent a digital facsimile. Either may appear within a TEI document along with, or instead of, the <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element introduced in section <a class="link_ptr" href="DS.html" title="7"><span class="headingNumber">4 </span>Default Text Structure</a>. The <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element is used when a digital facsimile contains a documentary transcription; the <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element when it contains a textual transcription. When the digital facsimile contains only images, however, only <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> elements should be used. In this section, we first discuss the simpler case, returning to the use of the <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-transcr" title="Combining Transcription with Facsimile"><span class="headingNumber">11.2 </span>Combining Transcription with Facsimile</a> below. When this module is selected therefore, a legal TEI document may thus comprise any of the following: </p><ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">a TEI header and a text element</li><li class="item">a TEI header and a facsimile element</li><li class="item">a TEI header and a sourceDoc element</li><li class="item">a TEI header, a facsimile element, and a text element</li><li class="item">a TEI header, one or more sourceDoc or facsimile elements, and a text element</li></ul><p>Like the <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element, a <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> element may also contain an optional <a class="gi" title="(front matter) contains any prefatory matter (headers, abstracts, title page, prefaces, dedications, etc.) found at the start of a document, before the main body." href="ref-front.html">front</a> or <a class="gi" title="(back matter) contains any appendixes, etc. following the main part of a text." href="ref-back.html">back</a> element, used in the same way as described in sections <a class="link_ptr" href="DS.html#DSFRONT" title="Front Matter"><span class="headingNumber">4.5 </span>Front Matter</a> and <a class="link_ptr" href="DS.html#DSBACK" title="Back Matter"><span class="headingNumber">4.7 </span>Back Matter</a>.</p><div class="p">In the simplest case, a facsimile just contains a series of <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> elements, each of which identifies an image file: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92164" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page1.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page3.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page4.png</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> If desired, the <a class="gi" title="provides encoded binary data representing an inline graphic, audio, video or other object." href="ref-binaryObject.html">binaryObject</a> element described in <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#COGR" title="Graphics and Other Nontextual Components"><span class="headingNumber">3.9 </span>Graphics and Other Non-textual Components</a> (or any other element from the <a class="link_odd" title="groups elements containing images, formulae, and similar objects." href="ref-model.graphicLike.html">model.graphicLike</a> class) can be used instead of a <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a>.</div><div class="p">In this simple case, the four page images are understood to represent the complete facsimile, and are to be read in the sequence given. Suppose, however, that the second page of this particular work is available both as an ordinary photograph and as an infra-red image, or in two different resolutions. The <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element may be used to group the two image files, since these correspond with the same area of the work: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92188" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page1.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2-highRes.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2-lowRes.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page3.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page4.png</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div></div><p>The <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element provides a way of indicating that the two images of page2 represent the same surface within the source material. A <span class="term">surface</span> might be one side of a piece of paper or parchment, an opening in a codex treated as a single surface by the writer, a face of a monument, a billboard, a membrane of a scroll, or indeed any two-dimensional surface, of any size.</p><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a> element may be used to indicate that two (or more) surfaces are associated in some way, for example because they represent the recto and verso of the same leaf, as in this example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92211" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surfaceGrp <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">leaf1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page1.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2-highRes.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">page2-lowRes.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></surfaceGrp></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> The <a class="gi" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a> element may also be useful as a means of identifying other groups of written surfaces, such as adjacent faces of a monument, or gatherings of leaves.</div><p>Simply grouping related graphics is not however the main purpose of the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element: rather it is to help identify the location and size of the various two-dimensional spaces constituting the digital facsimile. Note that the actual dimensions of the object represented are not provided by the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element ; rather, the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element defines an abstract coordinate space which may be used to address parts of the image. Four attributes supplied by the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes which can be used to position their parent element within a two dimensional coordinate system." href="ref-att.coordinated.html">att.coordinated</a> class are used to define this space. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.coordinated.html">att.coordinated</a></span> provides attributes which can be used to position their parent element within a two dimensional coordinate system.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">ulx</span></td><td>gives the x coordinate value for the upper left corner of a rectangular space.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">uly</span></td><td>gives the y coordinate value for the upper left corner of a rectangular space.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">lrx</span></td><td>gives the x coordinate value for the lower right corner of a rectangular space.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">lry</span></td><td>gives the y coordinate value for the lower right corner of a rectangular space.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>By default, the same coordinate space is used for a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> and for all of its child elements.<span id="Note78_return"><a class="notelink" title="The coordinate space may be thought of as a grid superimposed on a rectangular space. Rectangular areas of the grid are defined as four numbers a b c …" href="#Note78"><sup>41</sup></a></span> It may be most convenient to derive a coordinate space from a digital image of the surface in question such that each pixel in the image corresponds with a whole number of units (typically 1) in the coordinate space. In other cases it may be more convenient to use units such as millimetres. Neither practice implies any specific mapping between the coordinate system used and the actual dimensions of the physical object represented.</p><p>A <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element can contain one or more <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> elements, each of which represents a region or <span class="term">bounding box</span> defined in terms of the same coordinate space as that of its parent <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element. A zone may be rectangular or non-rectangular: a rectangular zone is defined by a sequence of four coordinates in the same way as a surface; a non-rectangular zone is defined using the attribute <span class="att">points</span>, which provides a sequence of coordinates, each of which specifies a point on the perimeter of the zone.<span id="Note79_return"><a class="notelink" title="The points attribute supplies a points specification in the same form as that required by the polyline or polygon elements in the SVG standard. See" href="#Note79"><sup>42</sup></a></span></p><p>A zone may be used to define any region of interest, such as a detail or illustration, or some part of the surface which is to be aligned with a particular text element, or otherwise distinguished from the rest of the surface. A surface establishes a coordinate system which may be used to address parts or the whole of some digital representation of a written surface. A zone, by contrast, defines any arbitrary area of interest relative to that surface, using the same coordinate system. It might be bigger or smaller than its parent surface, or might overlap its boundaries. The only constraint is that it must be defined using the same coordinate system. </p><p>When an image of some kind is supplied within either a zone or a surface, the implication is that the image represents the whole of the zone or surface concerned. In the simple case therefore, we might imagine a surface defining a page, within which there is a graphic representing the whole of that page, and a number of zones defining parts of the page, each with its own graphic, each representing a part of the page. If however one of those graphics actually represents an area larger than the page (for example to include a binding or the surface of a desk on which the page rests), then it will be enclosed by a zone with coordinates larger than those of the parent surface. </p><p>For example, consider the following figure: </p><figure class="figure" id="durlach"><img src="Images/facs-fig2.jpg" alt="Badische Landesbibliothek, Manuscript Durlach 1, Fols. 95v-96r " class="graphic" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.1. Badische Landesbibliothek, Manuscript Durlach 1, Fols. 95v-96r </figcaption></figure><p> This is an image of a two page spread from a manuscript in the Badische Landesbibliothek, Karlsruhe. We have no information as to the dimensions of the original object, but the low resolution image displayed here contains 500 pixels horizontally and 321 pixels vertically. For convenience, we might map each pixel to one cell of the coordinate space.<span id="Note80_return"><a class="notelink" title="The coordinate space used here is based on pixels, but the mapping between pixels and units in the coordinate space need not be one-to-one; it might b…" href="#Note80"><sup>43</sup></a></span></p><div class="p">We therefore define a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element corresponding with the area of the image which represents the whole of the two page spread and embed the graphic within it: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92324" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">500</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">321</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/50/Handschrift.karlsruhe.blb.jpg</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div></div><p>If desired, the <a class="gi" title="provides encoded binary data representing an inline graphic, audio, video or other object." href="ref-binaryObject.html">binaryObject</a> element described in <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#COGR" title="Graphics and Other Nontextual Components"><span class="headingNumber">3.9 </span>Graphics and Other Non-textual Components</a> (or any other element from the <a class="link_odd" title="groups elements containing images, formulae, and similar objects." href="ref-model.graphicLike.html">model.graphicLike</a> class) may be used instead of a <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> element.</p><div class="p">Since the image in this example is of a two page opening, we will probably wish to define at least two nested zones, one for each page: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92343" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">400</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">280</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">500</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">321</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/50/Handschrift.karlsruhe.blb.jpg</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">210</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">280</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- left hand page --></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">240</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">25</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">400</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">280</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- right hand page --></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">90</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">40</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">225</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!--- written part of left hand page --></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div></div><p>As this example shows, in addition to acting as a container for <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> elements, <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> elements may be used to identify parts of a surface for analytical purposes.</p><p>The relationship between zone and surface can be quite complex: for example, it may be appropriate to treat the whole of a two page spread as a single written surface, perhaps because particular written zones span both pages. A zone may contain a nested surface, if for example a page has an additional scrap of paper attached to it. A zone may be of any shape, not simply rectangular. Discussion of these and other cases are provided in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone" title="Advanced Uses of surface and zone"><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span>Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a> below.</p><div class="p">In the following extended example, we discuss a hypothetical digital edition of an early 16th century French work, Charles de Bovelles' <span class="titlem">Géometrie Pratique</span>.<span id="Note81_return"><a class="notelink" title="The image is taken from the collection at , and was digitized from a copy in the Bibliothèque Municipale de Lyon, by whose kind permission it is inclu…" href="#Note81"><sup>44</sup></a></span> In this edition, each page has been digitized as a separate file: for example, recto page 49 is stored in a file called <span class="ident-file">Bovelles-49r.png</span>. In the <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> element used to contain the whole set of pages, we define a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element for this page, which we situate within a coordinate scale running from 0 to 200 in the x (horizontal) axis, and 0 to 300 in the y (vertical) axis. The <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element contains a <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> element which represents the whole of this surface: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92393" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> We can now identify distinct zones within the page image using the coordinate scale defined for the surface. In the following figure <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#facs-fig1" title="Detail of p 49r from Bovelles Géometrie Pratique">Figure 11.2, Detail of p 49r from Bovelles Géometrie Pratique</a> we show the upper part of the page, with boxes indicating four such zones. Each of these will be represented by a <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element, given within the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element already defined, and specified in terms of the same coordinate system. Some zones of interest are indicated by red lines in the following image. <figure class="figure" id="facs-fig1"><img src="Images/facs-fig1.png" alt="Detail of p 49r from Bovelles " class="graphic" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.2. Detail of p 49r from Bovelles <span class="titlem">Géometrie Pratique</span></figcaption></figure> The following encoding defines each of the four zones identified in the figure above. <div id="index-egXML-d52e92414" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">25</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">25</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">180</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">60</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the title --></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">28</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">75</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">178</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the paragraph in italics --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">105</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">76</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the figure --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">45</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">125</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">60</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">130</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the word "pendans" --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> Note that the location of each zone is defined independently but using the same coordinate system.</div><div class="p">A non rectangular-zone, for example that containing the word <span class="mentioned">cloche.</span> at bottom left of the page, could also be defined, using the <span class="att">points</span> attribute: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92435" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">points</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4.8,31.0 5.4,30.7 5.5,32.2 5.8,32.8 6.1,33.4 5.5,33.7 5.1,33.3 4.6,32.2</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div></div><div class="p">In this example a single <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> element has been associated directly with the surface of the page rather than nesting it within a zone. However, it is also possible to include multiple <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> elements which contain a <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> element, if for example a detailed image is available. Since all <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> elements use the same coordinate system (that defined by their parent <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a>), there is no need to demonstrate enclosure of one zone within another by means of nesting. To continue the current example, supposing that we have an additional image called <span class="ident-file">Bovelles49r-detail.png</span> containing an additional image of the figure in the third zone above, we might encode that zone as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92462" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">105</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">76</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles49r-detail.png</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></zone></span></div></div></div><div class="teidiv1" id="PH-transcr"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHFAX"><span class="headingNumber">11.1 </span>Digital Facsimiles</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHST"><span class="headingNumber">11.3 </span>Scope of Transcriptions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-transcr" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Combining Transcription with Facsimile</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.2 </span><span class="head">Combining Transcription with Facsimile</span></h3><p>A digitized source document may contain nothing more than page images and a small amount of metadata. It may also contain an encoded transcription of the pages represented, which may either be <span class="q">‘embedded’</span> within a <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element, or supplied in parallel with a <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> as defined above.</p><p>If the transcription is regarded as a text in its own right, organized and structured independently of its physical realization in the document or documents represented by the facsimile, then the recommended practice is to use the <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element to contain such a structured representation, and to present it in parallel. The <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element is a sibling of the <a class="gi" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> and <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> elements. This approach is illustrated in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-bov" title="Parallel Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.2.1 </span>Parallel Transcription</a> below. Alternatively, if the transcription is intended not to prioritize representation of the final text so much as the process by which the document came to take its present form, or the physical disposition of its component parts, it may be preferable to present it as an embedding transcription, as further described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHZLAB" title="Embedded Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.2.2 </span>Embedded Transcription</a> below.</p><div class="teidiv2" id="PH-bov"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHZLAB"><span class="headingNumber">11.2.2 </span>Embedded Transcription</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-bov" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Parallel Transcription</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.2.1 </span><span class="head">Parallel Transcription</span></h4><div class="p">Suppose now that we wish to align a transcription of the page discussed in the preceding section with particular zones. We begin by giving each relevant part of the facsimile an identifier: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92504" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">B49r</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">105</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">76</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles49r-detail.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">B49rHead</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">25</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">25</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">180</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">60</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the title --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">B49rPara2</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">28</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">75</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">178</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the first paragraph in italics --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">B49rFig1</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">105</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">76</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the figure --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">B49rW457</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">45</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">125</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">60</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">130</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- contains the word "pendans" --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> The alignment between transcription and image is made, as usual, by means of the <span class="att">facs</span> attribute: <div id="index-egXML-d52e92523" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#B49r</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><fw></span>De Geometrie 49<span class="element"></fw></span><br /><span class="element"><head <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#B49rHead</span>"></span> DU SON ET ACCORD DES CLOCHES ET <span class="element"><lb/></span> des alleures des<br /> chevaulx, chariotz &amp; charges, des fontaines:&amp; <span class="element"><lb/></span> encyclie du monde,<br /> &amp; de la dimension du corps humain.<span class="element"><lb/></span> Chapitre septiesme<span class="element"></head></span><br /><span class="element"><div <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><p></span>Le son &amp; accord des cloches pendans en ung mesme <span class="element"><lb/></span> axe, est faict en<br /> contraires parties.<span class="element"></p></span><br /> <span class="element"><p <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">it</span>" <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#B49rPara2</span>"></span>LEs cloches ont quasi fi<span class="element"><lb/></span>gures de rondes<br /> pyra<span class="element"><lb/></span>mides imperfaictes &amp; <span class="element"><lb/></span> irregulieres: &amp; leur accord se<br /> <span class="element"><lb/></span> fait par reigle geometrique. Com<span class="element"><lb/></span>me si les deux cloches C &amp; D<br /> <span class="element"><lb/></span> sont <span class="element"><w <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#B49rW457</span>"></span>pendans<span class="element"></w></span> à ung mesme axe <span class="element"><lb/></span> ou essieu A B:<br /> je dis que leur ac<span class="element"><lb/></span>cord se fera en co<span class="element"><ex></span>n<span class="element"></ex></span>traires parties<span class="element"><lb/></span><br /> co<span class="element"><ex></span>m<span class="element"></ex></span>me voyez icy figuré. Car qua<span class="element"><ex></span>n<span class="element"></ex></span>d <span class="element"><lb/></span> lune sera en<br /> hault, laultre declinera embas. Aultrement si elles decli<span class="element"><lb/></span>nent toutes deux<br /> ensembles en une mesme partie, elles seront discord, <span class="element"><lb/></span> &amp; sera leur<br /> sonnerie mal plaisante à oyr.<span class="element"><figure <span class="attribute">facs</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#B49rFig1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles49r-detail.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></figure></span><span class="element"></p></span><br /><span class="element"></div></span></div></div><div class="p">It is also possible to point in the other direction, from a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> or <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> to the corresponding text. This is the function of the <span class="att">start</span> attribute, which supplies the identifier of the element containing at least the start of the transcribed text found within the surface or zone concerned. Thus, another way of linking this page with its transcription would be simply <div id="index-egXML-d52e92594" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">start</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#PB49R</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span><br /><span class="element"><text></span><br /> <span class="element"><body></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">PB49R</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><fw></span>De Geometrie 49<span class="element"></fw></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"></body></span><br /><span class="element"></text></span></div></div></div><div class="teidiv2" id="PHZLAB"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-bov"><span class="headingNumber">11.2.1 </span>Parallel Transcription</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHZLAB" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Embedded Transcription</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.2.2 </span><span class="head">Embedded Transcription</span></h4><p>An <span class="term">embedded transcription</span> is one in which words and other written traces are encoded as subcomponents of elements representing the physical surfaces carrying them rather than independently of them.</p><p>The following elements are available for this purpose: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a></span> contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a <span class="foreign">dossier génétique</span> or collection of sources.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-surface.html">surface</a></span> defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-zone.html">zone</a></span> defines any two-dimensional area within a <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-line.html">line</a></span> contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-seg.html">seg</a></span> (arbitrary segment) represents any segmentation of text below the ‘chunk’ level.</li></ul><p>The elements <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a>, <a class="gi" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a>, and <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> were introduced above in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHFAX" title="Digital Facsimiles"><span class="headingNumber">11.1 </span>Digital Facsimiles</a>. When supplied within a <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element, these elements may contain transcriptions of the written content of a source in addition to or as an alternative to digital images of them. Such transcription may be placed directly within the <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element, or within one or more <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> elements, for cases where the writing is linear, in the sense that it is composed of discrete tokens organized physically into groups, typically organized in a sequence corresponding with the way they are intended to be read. Depending on the directionality of the writing system used, this might be any combination of top-down and left to right, or vice versa. The element <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> may be used to hold a complete group of such tokens. Where, however, the lineation is not considered significant, any group of tokens may be indicated using the <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element. The <a class="gi" title="(arbitrary segment) represents any segmentation of text below the ‘chunk’ level." href="ref-seg.html">seg</a> element described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="SA.html#SASE" title="Blocks Segments and Anchors"><span class="headingNumber">16.3 </span>Blocks, Segments, and Anchors</a> may also be used to indicate smaller sequences of tokens within <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a>, or <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> as appropriate.</p><p>Returning to the preceding example, we might transcribe the content of the zone to which we gave the identifier <span class="ident">B49rPara2</span> within a <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element as follows:</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e93278" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><sourceDoc></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">200</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">300</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles-49r.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">28</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">75</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">178</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>LEs cloches ont quasi<br /> fi<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>gures de rondes pyra<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>mides imperfaictes &amp;<br /> <span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> irregulieres: &amp; leur accord se<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> fait par reigle geometrique. Com<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>me si les deux cloches C<br /> &amp; D <span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> sont <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">45</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">125</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">60</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">130</span>"></span>pendans<span class="element"></zone></span> à ung mesme axe<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> ou essieu A B: je dis que<br /> leur ac<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>cord se fera en cõtraires parties<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> cõme<br /> voyez icy figuré. Car quãd <span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> lune sera en hault, laultre<br /> declinera embas. Aultrement si elles declinent toutes deux ensembles en une<br /> mesme partie, elles seront discord,<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span> &amp; sera leur sonnerie<br /> mal plaisante à oyr.<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">105</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">76</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">175</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Bovelles49r-detail.png</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></sourceDoc></span></div><p>As mentioned above, some or all of the written surfaces being transcribed may be composed of physically distinct scraps. In the following example, taken from the Walt Whitman Archive, two pieces of newsprint have been glued to a piece of blue paper on which a poem is being drafted: </p><figure class="figure" id="sleeprs"><img src="Images/whitman01.jpg" alt="Single leaf of notes possibly related to the poem eventually titled
 Sleepers. From the Walt Whitman Archive (Duke 258). " class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="it">Figure 11.3. Single leaf of notes possibly related to the poem eventually titled Sleepers. From the Walt Whitman Archive (Duke 258). </figcaption></figure><p> The two pieces of newsprint might simply be regarded as special kinds of zone, but they are also new surfaces, since they might contain additional written zones themselves (such as the numbers in this case).</p><div class="p">Using these elements, the Whitman draft above might be encoded as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93324" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Poem<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>As in Visions of — at<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>night —<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>All sorts of fancies running through<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>the head<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">newsprint</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">attachment</span>="<span class="attributevalue">glue</span>" <span class="attribute">flipping</span>="<span class="attributevalue">false</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span>Spring has just set in here, and the weather[...] a steamer <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sequence</span>"></span>2<span class="element"></metamark></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">newsprint</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">attachment</span>="<span class="attributevalue">glue</span>" <span class="attribute">flipping</span>="<span class="attributevalue">false</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span>"The shores on either side of the Sound are... The In- <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sequence</span>"></span>3<span class="element"></metamark></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#WHITMS2">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>The <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element used in this example is further discussed below (<a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-meta" title="Metamarks"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span>Metamarks</a>)</p><p>Note that in this example we have not included any <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a> element corresponding with the <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> or <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> elements identified in the transcription. The encoder may choose to complement a transcription with graphic representations of its source at whatever level is considered effective, or not at all. Equally, the encoder may choose to provide only graphics without any transcription, to provide only a structured (non-embedded) transcription, or to provide any combination of the three.</p><p>This example also lacks any coordinate information to specify either the size of the two newspaper fragments or whereabouts on the parent <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element they are to be found, other than the reading order implicit in their sequence. Such information could be added if desired by specifying a coordinate system on the outermost <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element, and then indicating values within that system for each of the two fragments, as was discussed above. We discuss this in further detail in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone" title="Advanced Uses of surface and zone"><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span>Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a> below.</p></div></div><div class="teidiv1" id="PHST"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-transcr"><span class="headingNumber">11.2 </span>Combining Transcription with Facsimile</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone"><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span>Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHST" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Scope of Transcriptions</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3 </span><span class="head">Scope of Transcriptions</span></h3><p>When transcribing a primary source, scholars may wish to record information concerning individual readings of letters, words, or larger units, whether the object is simply a ‘neutral’ transcription or a critical edition. In either case they may also wish to include other editorial material, such as comments on the status or possible origin of particular readings, corrections, or text supplied to fill lacunae.</p><p>Such elements may also be used for digital transcriptions in which the object is not to represent a finished text, but rather to represent the creative process, as evidenced by different <span class="q">‘layers’</span> or <span class="q">‘traces’</span> of writing in one or more documents. Transcriptions of this kind are closely focussed on the physical appearance of specific documents, needing to distinguish the traces of different writing activities on them, such as additions and deletions but also other indications of how the writing is to be read, such as indications of transposition, re-affirmation of writing which has been deleted, and so on. Such distinctions are considered of particular importance when dealing with authorial manuscripts, but are also relevant in the case of historical sources such as charters or other legal documents.</p><p>In either case, it is customary in transcriptions to register certain features of the source, such as ornamentation, underlining, deletion, areas of damage and lacunae. This chapter provides ways of encoding such information: </p><ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">methods of recording editorial or other alterations to the text, such as expansion of abbreviations, corrections, conjectures, etc. (section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCH" title="Altered Corrected and Erroneous Texts"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1 </span>Altered, Corrected, and Erroneous Texts</a>)</li><li class="item">methods of describing important extra-linguistic phenomena in the source: unusual spaces, lines, page and line breaks, changes of manuscript hand, etc. (section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHPH" title="Hands and Responsibility"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2 </span>Hands and Responsibility</a>)</li><li class="item">methods of representing complex organizations of surfaces and zones (section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone" title="Advanced Uses of surface and zone"><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span>Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a>)</li><li class="item">methods of representing aspects of layout such as spacing or lines <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHLAY" title="Aspects of Layout"><span class="headingNumber">11.5 </span>Aspects of Layout</a></li><li class="item">methods of representing material such as running heads, catch-words, and the like (section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHSK" title="Headers Footers and Similar Matter"><span class="headingNumber">11.6 </span>Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</a>)</li></ul><p>The remainder of this chapter describes a model for encoding such transcriptions, in which elements such as <a class="gi" title="represents any kind of modification identified within a single document." href="ref-mod.html">mod</a>, <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a>, etc. are used to mark writing traces and their functions within the document. Each such element can be assigned to one or more editorially-defined modification groups, termed a <span class="term">change</span>, by means of a global <span class="att">change</span> attribute, which references a definition for the modification group concerned, typically provided within the TEI header <a class="gi" title="contains information about the creation of a text." href="ref-creation.html">creation</a> element; see further <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a>. The transcription itself may be embedded within the elements <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> and <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHFAX" title="Digital Facsimiles"><span class="headingNumber">11.1 </span>Digital Facsimiles</a>, or provided in parallel within a <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element. Within a <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a>, the transcription may be organized topographically in terms of lines of writing, using the <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> element, or in terms of further nested zones, or as a combination of the two; see further <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHZLAB" title="Embedded Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.2.2 </span>Embedded Transcription</a>.</p><p>These recommendations are not intended to meet every transcriptional circumstance likely to be faced by any scholar. Rather, they should be regarded as a base which can be elaborated if necessary by different scholars in different disciplines </p><p>As a rule, all elements which may be used in the course of a transcription of a single witness may also be used in a critical apparatus, i.e. within the elements proposed in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a>. This can generally be achieved by nesting a particular reading containing tagged elements from a particular witness within the <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> element in an <a class="gi" title="(apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage." href="ref-app.html">app</a> structure.</p><p>Just as a critical apparatus may contain transcriptional elements within its record of variant readings in various witnesses, one may record variant readings in an individual witness by use of the apparatus mechanisms <a class="gi" title="(apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage." href="ref-app.html">app</a> and <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a>. This is discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html#TCTR" title="Using Apparatus Elements in Transcriptions"><span class="headingNumber">12.3 </span>Using Apparatus Elements in Transcriptions</a>.</p><div class="div2" id="PHCH"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHPH"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2 </span>Hands and Responsibility</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHCH" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Altered, Corrected, and Erroneous Texts</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1 </span><span class="head">Altered, Corrected, and Erroneous Texts</span></h4><p>In the detailed transcription of any source, it may prove necessary to record various types of actual or potential alteration of the text: expansion of abbreviations, correction of the text (either by author, scribe, or later hand, or by previous or current editors or scholars), addition, deletion, or substitution of material, and similar matters. The sections below describe how such phenomena may be encoded using either elements defined in the core module (defined in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html" title="6"><span class="headingNumber">3 </span>Elements Available in All TEI Documents</a>) or specialized elements available only when the module described in this chapter is available.</p><div class="div3" id="PHCO"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHAB"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.2 </span>Abbreviation and Expansion</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHCO" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Core Elements for Transcriptional Work</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.1 </span><span class="head">Core Elements for Transcriptional Work</span></h5><p>In transcribing individual sources of any type, encoders may record corrections, normalizations, additions, and omissions using the elements described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#COED" title="Simple Editorial Changes"><span class="headingNumber">3.4 </span>Simple Editorial Changes</a>. Representation of abbreviations and their expansions may also involve use of elements described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CONA" title="Names Numbers Dates Abbreviations and Addresses"><span class="headingNumber">3.5 </span>Names, Numbers, Dates, Abbreviations, and Addresses</a>. Elements particularly relevant to this chapter include: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a></span> (abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-add.html">add</a></span> (addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-choice.html">choice</a></span> groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-corr.html">corr</a></span> (correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-del.html">del</a></span> (deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-expan.html">expan</a></span> (expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-gap.html">gap</a></span> indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-sic.html">sic</a></span> (Latin for thus or so) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate.</li></ul><p>All of these elements bear additional attributes for specifying who is responsible for the interpretation represented by the markup, and the associated certainty. In addition, some of them bear an attribute allowing the markup to be categorized by type and source. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.editLike.html">att.editLike</a></span> provides attributes describing the nature of an encoded scholarly intervention or interpretation of any kind.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">evidence</span></td><td>indicates the nature of the evidence supporting the reliability or accuracy of the intervention or interpretation.
Suggested values include: 1] internal; 2] external; 3] conjecture</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.global.source.html">att.global.source</a></span> provides an attribute used by elements to point to an external source.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">source</span></td><td>specifies the source from which some aspect of this element is drawn.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.global.responsibility.html">att.global.responsibility</a></span> provides attributes indicating the agent responsible for some aspect of the text, the markup or something asserted by the markup, and the degree of certainty associated with it.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">cert</span></td><td>(certainty) signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">resp</span></td><td>(responsible party) indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an editor or transcriber.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.typed.html">att.typed</a></span> provides attributes which can be used to classify or subclassify elements in any way.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">type</span></td><td>characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">subtype</span></td><td>provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed</td></tr></table></li></ul><p> The specific aspect of the markup described by these attributes differs on different elements; for further discussion, see the relevant sections below, especially section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHHR" title="Hand Responsibility and Certainty Attributes"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.2 </span>Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</a>.</p><p>The following sections describe how the core elements just named may be used in the transcription of primary source materials. </p></div><div class="div3" id="PHAB"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCO"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.1 </span>Core Elements for Transcriptional Work</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCC"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.3 </span>Correction and Conjecture</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHAB" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Abbreviation and Expansion</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.2 </span><span class="head">Abbreviation and Expansion</span></h5><p>The writing of manuscripts by hand lends itself to the use of abbreviation to shorten scribal labour. Commonly occurring letters, groups of letters, words, or even whole phrases, may be represented by significant marks. This phenomenon of manuscript abbreviation is so widespread and so various that no taxonomy of it is here attempted. Instead, methods are shown which allow abbreviations to be encoded using the core elements mentioned above.</p><p>A manuscript abbreviation may be viewed in two ways. One may transcribe it as a particular sequence of letters or marks upon the page: thus, a <span class="q">‘p with a bar through the descender’</span>, a <span class="q">‘superscript hook’</span>, a <span class="q">‘macron’</span>. One may also interpret the abbreviation in terms of the letter or letters it is seen as standing for: thus, <span class="q">‘per’</span>, <span class="q">‘re’</span>, <span class="q">‘n’</span>. Both of these views are supported by these Guidelines.</p><p>In many cases the glyph found in the manuscript source also exists in the Unicode character set: for example the common Latin brevigraph ⁊, standing for <span class="mentioned">et</span> and often known as the ‘Tironian et’ can be directly represented in any XML document as the Unicode character with code point <span class="val">U+204A</span> (see further <a class="link_ptr" href="SG.html#SG-er" title="Character References"><span class="headingNumber"></span>Character References</a> and <a class="link_ptr" href="CH.html#CHSH" title="Language Identification"><span class="headingNumber">vi.1. </span>Language Identification</a>). In cases where it does not, these Guidelines recommend use of the <a class="gi" title="(character or glyph) represents a glyph, or a non-standard character." href="ref-g.html">g</a> element provided by the <span class="ident-module">gaiji</span> module described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="WD.html" title="25"><span class="headingNumber">5 </span>Characters, Glyphs, and Writing Modes</a>. This module allows the encoder great flexibility both in processing and in documenting non-standard characters or glyphs, including the ability to provide detailed documentation and images for them.</p><div class="p">These two methods of coding abbreviation may also be combined. An encoder may record, for any abbreviation, both the sequence of letters or marks which constitutes it, and its sense, that is, the letter or letters for which it is believed to stand. For example, in the following fragment the phrase <span class="mentioned">euery persone</span> is represented by a sequence of abbreviated characters: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/euerypersone.png" alt="Detail from fol. 126v of Bodleian MS Laud Misc 517" class="graphic" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.4. Detail from fol. 126v of Bodleian MS Laud Misc 517</figcaption></figure> These lines may be transcribed directly, using the <a class="gi" title="(character or glyph) represents a glyph, or a non-standard character." href="ref-g.html">g</a> element to indicate the two brevigraphs as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93581" class="pre egXML_valid">eu<span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-er</span>"></span>er<span class="element"></g></span>y <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-per</span>"></span>per<span class="element"></g></span>sone that loketh after heuen hath a place in<br /> this ladder <br /><span class="comment"><!-- elsewhere --></span><br /><span class="element"><charDecl></span><br /> <span class="element"><char <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">b-er</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- definition for the er brevigraph --></span><br /> <span class="element"></char></span><br /> <span class="element"><char <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">b-per</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- definition for the per brevigraph --></span><br /> <span class="element"></char></span><br /><span class="element"></charDecl></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-BIBL-1">bibliography</a> </div></div> Note that in each case the <a class="gi" title="(character or glyph) represents a glyph, or a non-standard character." href="ref-g.html">g</a> element may contain a suggested replacement for the referenced brevigraph; this is purely advisory however, and may not be appropriate in all cases. The referenced character definitions may be located elsewhere in this or some other document, typically forming part of a <a class="gi" title="(character declarations) provides information about nonstandard characters and glyphs." href="ref-charDecl.html">charDecl</a> element, as described in <a class="link_ptr" href="WD.html#D25-20" title="Markup Constructs for Representation of Characters and Glyphs"><span class="headingNumber">5.2 </span>Markup Constructs for Representation of Characters and Glyphs</a>.</div><div class="p">The transcriber may also wish to indicate that, because of the presence of these particular characters, the two words are actually abbreviations, by using the <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort." href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93610" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><abbr></span>eu<span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-er</span>"></span>er<span class="element"></g></span>y<span class="element"></abbr></span><br /><span class="element"><abbr></span><br /> <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-per</span>"></span>per<span class="element"></g></span>sone<span class="element"></abbr></span> ... </div> Alternatively, the transcriber may choose silently to expand these abbreviations, using the <a class="gi" title="(expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation." href="ref-expan.html">expan</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93625" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><expan></span>euery<span class="element"></expan></span><br /><span class="element"><expan></span>persone<span class="element"></expan></span> ... </div> And, of course, the <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element can be used to show that one encoding is an alternative for the other: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93636" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><abbr></span>eu<span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-er</span>"></span>er<span class="element"></g></span>y<span class="element"></abbr></span><br /> <span class="element"><expan></span>euery<span class="element"></expan></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span></div></div><div class="p">When abbreviated forms such as these are expanded, two processes are carried out: some characters not present in the abbreviation are added (always), and some characters or glyphs present in the abbreviation are omitted or replaced (often). For example, when the abbreviation <span class="mentioned">Dr.</span> is expanded to <span class="mentioned">Doctor</span>, the dot in the abbreviation is removed, and the letters <span class="mentioned">octo</span> are added. Where detailed markup of abbreviated words is required, these two aspects may be marked up explicitly, using the following elements: <ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-ex.html">ex</a></span> (editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-am.html">am</a></span> (abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation.</li></ul> Using these elements, a transcriber may indicate the status of the individual letters or signs within both the abbreviation and the expansion. The <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation." href="ref-am.html">am</a> element surrounds characters or signs such as tittles or tildes, used to indicate the presence of an abbreviation, which are typically removed or replaced by other characters in the expanded form of the abbreviation: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93665" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><abbr></span>eu<span class="element"><am></span><br /> <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-er</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></am></span>y<span class="element"></abbr></span><br /><span class="element"><abbr></span><br /> <span class="element"><am></span><br /> <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-per</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></am></span>sone<span class="element"></abbr></span> ... </div> while the <a class="gi" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> element may be used to indicate those characters within the expansion which are not present in the abbreviated form. <div id="index-egXML-d52e93680" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><expan></span>eu<span class="element"><ex></span>er<span class="element"></ex></span>y<span class="element"></expan></span><br /><span class="element"><expan></span><br /> <span class="element"><ex></span>per<span class="element"></ex></span>sone<span class="element"></expan></span> ... </div> The content of the <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort." href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a> element should usually include the whole of the abbreviated word, while the <a class="gi" title="(expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation." href="ref-expan.html">expan</a> element should include the whole of its expansion. If this is not considered necessary, the <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation." href="ref-am.html">am</a> and <a class="gi" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> elements may be used within a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element, as in this example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93708" class="pre egXML_valid">eu<span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><am></span><br /> <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-er</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></am></span><br /> <span class="element"><ex></span>er<span class="element"></ex></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span>y <span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><am></span><br /> <span class="element"><g <span class="attribute">ref</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#b-per</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></am></span><br /> <span class="element"><ex></span>per<span class="element"></ex></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span>sone ... </div></div><p>As implied in the preceding discussion, making decisions about which of these various methods of representing abbreviation to use will form an important part of an encoder's practice. As a rule, the <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort." href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a> and <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation." href="ref-am.html">am</a> elements should be preferred where it is wished to signify that the content of the element is an abbreviation, without necessarily indicating what the abbreviation may stand for. The <a class="gi" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> and <a class="gi" title="(expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation." href="ref-expan.html">expan</a> elements should be used where it is wished to signify that the content of the element is not present in the source but has been supplied by the transcriber, without necessarily indicating the abbreviation used in the original. The decision as to which course of action is appropriate may vary from abbreviation to abbreviation; there is no requirement that the same system be used throughout a transcription, although doing so will generally simplify processing. The choice is likely to be a matter of editorial policy. If the highest priority is to transcribe the text <span class="foreign">literatim</span> (letter by letter), while indicating the presence of abbreviations, the choice will be to use <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort." href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a> or <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation." href="ref-am.html">am</a> throughout. If the highest priority is to present a reading transcription, while indicating that some letters or words are not actually present in the original, the choice will be to use <a class="gi" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> or <a class="gi" title="(expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation." href="ref-expan.html">expan</a> throughout.</p><div class="p">Further information may be attached to instances of these elements by the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element, on which see section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CONO" title="Notes Annotation and Indexing"><span class="headingNumber">3.8 </span>Notes, Annotation, and Indexing</a>, and by use of the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes. In this instance from the English <span class="titlem">Brut</span>, a note is attached to an editorial expansion of the tail on the final d of <span class="mentioned">good</span> to <span class="mentioned">goode</span>: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93776" class="pre egXML_valid">For alle the while<br /> that I had good<span class="element"><ex <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">exp01</span>"></span>e<span class="element"></ex></span> I was welbeloued<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-01">bibliography</a> </div></div> Then the note: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93784" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><note <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#exp01</span>"></span>The stroke added to<br /> the final d could signify the plural ending (-es, -is, -ys>) but the<br /> singular <span class="element"><hi <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">it</span>"></span>goode<span class="element"></hi></span> was used with the meaning <span class="element"><q></span>property<span class="element"></q></span>,<br /> <span class="element"><q></span>wealth<span class="element"></q></span>, at this time (v. examples quoted in OED, sb. Good, C. 7, b,<br /> c, d and 8 spec.)<span class="element"></note></span></div> The editor might declare a degree of certainty for this expansion, based on the OED examples, and state the responsibility for the expansion: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93797" class="pre egXML_valid">For alle the while that I<br /> had good<span class="element"><ex <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mp</span>" <span class="attribute">cert</span>="<span class="attributevalue">high</span>"></span>e<span class="element"></ex></span> I was welbeloued</div> The value supplied for the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute should point to the name of the editor responsible for this and possibly other interventions; an appropriate element therefore might be a <a class="gi" title="(statement of responsibility) supplies a statement of responsibility for the intellectual content of a text, edition, recording, or series, where the specialized elements for authors, editors, etc. do not suffice or do not apply. May also be used to encode information about individuals or organizations which have played a role in the production or distribution of a bibliographic work." href="ref-respStmt.html">respStmt</a> element in the header like the following: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93810" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><respStmt <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">mp</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><resp></span>Editorial emendations<span class="element"></resp></span><br /> <span class="element"><name></span>Malcom Parkes<span class="element"></name></span><br /><span class="element"></respStmt></span></div> Observe that the <span class="att">cert</span> and <span class="att">resp</span> attributes are used with the <a class="gi" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> element only to indicate confidence in the content of the element (i.e. the expansion), and responsibility for suggesting this expansion respectively.</div><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element may be used to indicate that the proposed expansion is one way of encoding what might equally well be represented as an abbreviation, represented by the hooked D, as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93831" class="pre egXML_valid">For alle the while that I had<br /><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>goo<span class="element"><abbr></span>ɗ<span class="element"></abbr></span><span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><expan <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mp</span>" <span class="attribute">cert</span>="<span class="attributevalue">high</span>"></span>good<span class="element"><ex></span>e<span class="element"></ex></span><span class="element"></expan></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> I was<br /> welbeloued</div> If it is desired to express aspects of certainty and responsibility for some other aspect of the use of these elements, then the mechanisms discussed in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="CE.html" title="17"><span class="headingNumber">21 </span>Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility</a> should be used. See also <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHHR" title="Hand Responsibility and Certainty Attributes"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.2 </span>Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</a> for discussion of the issues of certainty and responsibility in the context of transcription.</div><p>If more than one expansion for the same abbreviation is to be recorded, multiple notes may be supplied. It may also be appropriate to use the markup for critical apparatus; an example is given in section <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html#TCTR" title="Using Apparatus Elements in Transcriptions"><span class="headingNumber">12.3 </span>Using Apparatus Elements in Transcriptions</a>.</p></div><div class="div3" id="PHCC"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHAB"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.2 </span>Abbreviation and Expansion</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHAD"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span>Additions and Deletions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHCC" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Correction and Conjecture</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.3 </span><span class="head">Correction and Conjecture</span></h5><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(Latin for thus or so) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate." href="ref-sic.html">sic</a>, <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a>, and <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> elements, defined in the <span class="ident-module">core</span> module should be used to indicate passages deemed in need of correction, or actually corrected, during the transcription of a source. For example, in the manuscript of William James's <span class="titlem">A Pluralistic Universe</span> as edited by Fredson Bowers (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977), a sentence first written <div class="q">One must have lived longer with this system, to appreciate its advantages.</div> has been modified by James to begin <span class="q">‘But One must ...’</span>, without the initial capital O having been reduced to lowercase. This non-standard orthography could be recorded thus: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93879" class="pre egXML_valid">But <span class="element"><sic></span>One<span class="element"></sic></span> must have lived<br /> ...</div> or corrected: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93885" class="pre egXML_valid">But<br /><span class="element"><corr></span>one<span class="element"></corr></span> must have lived ...</div> or the two possibilities might be represented as a choice: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93891" class="pre egXML_valid">But<br /><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>One<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>one<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> must have lived<br /> ...</div></div><div class="p">Similarly, in this example from Albertus Magnus, both a manuscript error <span class="mentioned">angues</span> and its correction <span class="mentioned">augens</span> are registered within a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93910" class="pre egXML_valid">Nos autem iam<br /> ostendimus quod nutrimentum et<br /><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>angues<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>augens<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span>.<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-02">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>Note that the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element is used to provide a corrected form which is <em>not</em> present in the source; in the case of a correction made in the source itself, whether scribal, authorial, or by some other hand, the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a>, <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a>, and <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> elements described in <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHAD" title="Additions and Deletions"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span>Additions and Deletions</a> should be used.</p><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(Latin for thus or so) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate." href="ref-sic.html">sic</a> element is used to mark passages considered by the transcriber to be erroneous; in such cases, the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element indicates the transcriber's correction of them. Where the transcriber considers that one or more words have been erroneously omitted in the original source and corrects this omission, the <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> element discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHOM" title="Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.7 </span>Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</a> should be used in preference to <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a>. Thus, in the following example, from George Moore's draft of additional materials for <span class="titlem">Memoirs of My Dead Life</span>, the transcriber supplies the word <span class="mentioned">we</span> omitted by the author: <div id="index-egXML-d52e93962" class="pre egXML_valid">You see that I avoid<br /> the word create for we create nothing <span class="element"><supplied></span>we<span class="element"></supplied></span> develope.<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-03">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>As with <a class="gi" title="(expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation." href="ref-expan.html">expan</a> and <a class="gi" title="(abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort." href="ref-abbr.html">abbr</a>, the choice as to whether to record simply that there is an apparent error, or simply that a correction has been applied, or to record both possible readings within a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element is left to the encoder. The decision is likely to be a matter of editorial policy, which might be applied consistently throughout or decided case by case. If the highest priority is to present an uncorrected transcription while noting perceived errors in the original, the choice will typically be to use only <a class="gi" title="(Latin for thus or so) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate." href="ref-sic.html">sic</a> throughout. If the highest priority is to present a reading transcription, while indicating that perceived errors in the original have been corrected, the choice will be to use only <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> throughout.</p><p>Further information may be attached to instances of these elements by the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element and <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes. Instances of these elements may also be classified according to any convenient typology using the <span class="att">type</span> attribute.</p><div class="p">For example, consider the following encoding of an emendation in the Hengwrt manuscript proposed by E. Talbot Donaldson: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94001" class="pre egXML_valid">Telle me also, to what conclusioun Were<br /> membres maad, of generacioun And of so parfit wis a <span class="element"><choice <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">corr117</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>wight<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>wright<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> ywroght? <br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /><span class="element"><note <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#corr117</span>"></span>This emendation of the Hengwrt copy text, based on a Latin<br /> source and on the reading of three late and usually unauthoritative<br /> manuscripts, was proposed by E. Talbot Donaldson in<br /> <span class="element"><bibl></span><br /> <span class="element"><title></span>Speculum<span class="element"></title></span> 40 (1965) 626–33.<span class="element"></bibl></span><span class="element"></note></span></div> The <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CONO" title="Notes Annotation and Indexing"><span class="headingNumber">3.8 </span>Notes, Annotation, and Indexing</a> may be used to give a more detailed discussion of the motivation for or scope of a correction. If linked by means of a pointer (as in this example) it may be located anywhere convenient within the transcription; typically all detailed notes will be collected together in a separate <a class="gi" title="(text division) contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text." href="ref-div.html">div</a> element in the <a class="gi" title="(back matter) contains any appendixes, etc. following the main part of a text." href="ref-back.html">back</a>. Alternatively, the pointer may be omitted, and the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> placed immediately adjacent to the element being annotated. The advantage of the former solution is that it permits the same annotation to refer to several corrections, by supplying more than one pointer in the <span class="att">target</span> attribute of the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a>, as shown in the example below.</div><div class="p">The attribute <span class="att">cert</span> may be used to indicate the degree of confidence ascribed by the encoder to the proposed emendation on a broad scale: high, medium, or low. The attribute <span class="att">resp</span> is used to indicate who is responsible for the proposed emendation. Its value is a pointer, which will typically indicate a <a class="gi" title="(statement of responsibility) supplies a statement of responsibility for the intellectual content of a text, edition, recording, or series, where the specialized elements for authors, editors, etc. do not suffice or do not apply. May also be used to encode information about individuals or organizations which have played a role in the production or distribution of a bibliographic work." href="ref-respStmt.html">respStmt</a> or <a class="gi" title="(name, proper noun) contains a proper noun or noun phrase." href="ref-name.html">name</a> element in the header of the transcribed document, but can point anywhere, for example to some online authority file. Using these two attributes, the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element presented above might usefully be enhanced as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94056" class="pre egXML_valid"><br /><span class="comment"><!-- somewhere in the header ... --></span><span class="element"><name <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ETD</span>"></span>E Talbot Donaldson<span class="element"></name></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span> And of so parfit wis a <span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>wight<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ETD</span>" <span class="attribute">cert</span>="<span class="attributevalue">medium</span>"></span>wright<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> ywroght? </div></div><div class="p">As remarked above, where the same annotation applies to several corrections, this may be represented by supplying multiple pointers on the note. Consider for example such corrections as the following, in Dudo of S. Quentin. Parkes cites two cases in this manuscript of the same phenomenon: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94070" class="pre egXML_valid">quamuis <span class="element"><choice <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sic-1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>mens<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>iners<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> que nutu dei gesta<br /> sunt ... unde esset uiriliter <br /><span class="element"><choice <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sic-2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>uegetata<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>negata<span class="element"></sic></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-04">bibliography</a> </div></div> which may be described as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94084" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><note <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#sic-1 #sic-2</span>"></span>Substitution of a more familiar word which resembles<br /> graphically what the scribe should be copying but which does not make sense in<br /> the context.<span class="element"></note></span></div></div><div class="p">The <span class="att">target</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element indicates the <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> elements which exemplify this kind of scribal error. This necessitates the addition of an identifier to each <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element. However, if the number of corrections is large and the number of notes is small, it may well be both more practical and more appropriate to regard the collection of annotations as constituting a typology and then use the <span class="att">type</span> attribute. Suppose that the note given above is one of half a dozen possible kinds of corrected phenomena identified in a given text; others might include, say, <span class="q">‘repetition of a word from the preceding line’</span>, etc. The <span class="att">type</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element can be used to specify an arbitrary code for the particular kind of correction (or other editorial intervention) identified within it. This code can be chosen freely and is not treated as a pointer. <div id="index-egXML-d52e94115" class="pre egXML_valid">quamuis <span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>mens<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">graphSubs</span>"></span>iners<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> que nutu dei gesta sunt ... unde<br /> esset uiriliter <br /><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">graphSubs</span>"></span>uegetata<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>negata<span class="element"></sic></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span></div> Note that this encoding might be extended to include a range of possible corrections: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94129" class="pre egXML_valid">quamuis <span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>mens<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">graphSubs</span>"></span>iners<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">reversal</span>"></span>inres<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> que<br /> nutu dei gesta sunt ...</div> In addition, the conscientious encoder will provide documentation explaining the circumstances in which particular codes are judged appropriate. A suitable location for this might be within the <a class="gi" title="(correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text." href="ref-correction.html">correction</a> element of the <a class="gi" title="(encoding description) documents the relationship between an electronic text and the source or sources from which it was derived." href="ref-encodingDesc.html">encodingDesc</a> of the header, which might include a <a class="gi" title="contains any sequence of items organized as a list." href="ref-list.html">list</a> such as the following: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94150" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><correction></span><br /> <span class="element"><p></span>The following codes are used to categorize corrections identified in this<br /> transcription: <span class="element"><list <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">gloss</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><label></span>graphSubs<span class="element"></label></span><br /> <span class="element"><item></span>Substitution of a more familiar word which resembles graphically<br /> what the scribe should be copying but which does not make sense in the<br /> context.<span class="element"></item></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></list></span><span class="element"></p></span><br /><span class="element"></correction></span></div> A <span class="att">subtype</span> attribute may be used in conjunction with the <span class="att">type</span> for subclassification purposes: the above examples might thus be represented as <span class="tag"><choice type="substitution" subtype="graphicResemblance"></span> for example.</div><p>For a given project, it may well be desirable to limit the possible values for the <span class="att">type</span> or <span class="att">subtype</span> attributes automatically. This is easily done but requires customization of the TEI system using techniques described in <a class="link_ptr" href="USE.html#MD" title="Customization"><span class="headingNumber">23.3 </span>Customization</a>, in particular <a class="link_ptr" href="USE.html#MDMDAL" title="Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists"><span class="headingNumber">23.3.1.4 </span>Modification of Attribute and Attribute Value Lists</a>, which should be consulted for further information on this topic.</p><div class="p">When making a correction in a source which forms part of a textual tradition attested by many witnesses, a textual editor will sometimes use a reading from one witness to correct the reading of the source text. In the general case, such encoding is best achieved with the mechanisms provided by the module for textual criticism described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a>. However, for simple cases, the <span class="att">source</span> attribute of the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element may suffice. In the passage from Chaucer's <span class="titlem">Wife of Bath's Tale</span> mentioned above, Parkes proposes to emend the problematic word <span class="mentioned">wight</span> to <span class="mentioned">wyf</span> which is the reading found in the Cambridge manuscript Gg.1. 27. This may be simply represented as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94203" class="pre egXML_valid"> And of so<br /> parfit wis a <span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>wight<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mp</span>" <span class="attribute">source</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Gg</span>"></span>wyf<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> ywroght?</div> The value of the <span class="att">source</span> attribute here is, like the value of the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute, a pointer, in this case indicating the manuscript used as a witness. Elsewhere in the transcribed text, a list of witnesses used in this text will be given, one of which has an identifier <code>Gg</code>. Each witness will be represented either by a <a class="gi" title="contains either a description of a single witness referred to within the critical apparatus, or a list of witnesses which is to be referred to by a single sigil." href="ref-witness.html">witness</a> element (see <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html#TCAPLL" title="The Apparatus Entry Readings and Witnesses"><span class="headingNumber">12.1 </span>The Apparatus Entry, Readings, and Witnesses</a>) or more fully by a <a class="gi" title="(manuscript description) contains a description of a single identifiable manuscript or other text-bearing object." href="ref-msDesc.html">msDesc</a> element (see <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html" title="Manuscript Description"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a>): <div id="index-egXML-d52e94232" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><msDesc <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Gg</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><msIdentifier></span><br /> <span class="element"><settlement></span>Cambridge<span class="element"></settlement></span><br /> <span class="element"><repository></span>University Library<span class="element"></repository></span><br /> <span class="element"><idno></span>Gg.1. 27<span class="element"></idno></span><br /> <span class="element"></msIdentifier></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- further description of the manuscript here --></span><br /><span class="element"></msDesc></span></div></div><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage." href="ref-app.html">app</a> element described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a> provides a more powerful way of representing all three possible readings in parallel: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94250" class="pre egXML_valid">And of so parfit wis a <span class="element"><app></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Hg</span>"></span>wight<span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Ln #Ry2 #Ld</span>"></span>wright<span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Gg</span>"></span>wyf<span class="element"></rdg></span><br /><span class="element"></app></span></div></div><div class="p">This encoding simply records the three readings found in the various traditions, and gives (by means of the <span class="att">wit</span> attribute) an indication of the witnesses supporting each. If the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute were supplied on the <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> element, it would indicate the person responsible for asserting that the manuscript indicated has this reading, who is not necessarily the same as the person responsible for asserting that this reading should be used to correct the others. Editorial intervention elements such as <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> can however be nested within a <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> to provide this additional information: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94277" class="pre egXML_valid">And of so parfit wis a <span class="element"><app></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Hg</span>"></span>wight<span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Ln #Ry2 #Ld</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ETD</span>"></span>wright<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">wit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Gg</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mp</span>"></span>wyf<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"></rdg></span><br /><span class="element"></app></span></div> This encoding asserts that the reading <span class="mentioned">wyf</span> found in Gg is regarded as a correction by Parkes.</div><p>Like the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute, the <span class="att">cert</span> attribute may be used with both <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> and <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> elements. When used on the <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> element, these attributes indicate confidence in and responsibility for identifying the reading within the sources specified; when used on the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element they indicate confidence in and responsibility for the use of the reading to correct the base text. If no other source is indicated (either by the <span class="att">source</span> attribute, or by the <span class="att">wit</span> attribute of a parent <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a>), the reading supplied within a <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> has been provided by the person indicated by the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute.</p><p>If it is desired to express certainty of or responsibility for some other aspect of the use of these elements, then the mechanisms discussed in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="CE.html" title="17"><span class="headingNumber">21 </span>Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility</a> may be found useful. See also <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHHR" title="Hand Responsibility and Certainty Attributes"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.2 </span>Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</a> for further discussion of the issues of certainty and responsibility in the context of transcription.</p></div><div class="div3" id="PHAD"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCC"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.3 </span>Correction and Conjecture</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHSU"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.5 </span>Substitutions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHAD" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Additions and Deletions</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span><span class="head">Additions and Deletions</span></h5><p>Additions and deletions observed in a source text may be described using the following elements: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-add.html">add</a></span> (addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a></span> (added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a>).</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-del.html">del</a></span> (deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a></span> (deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector.</li></ul><p> Of these, <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> are included in the core module, while <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> are available only when using the module defined in this chapter. These particular elements are members of the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it." href="ref-att.spanning.html">att.spanning</a> class, from which they inherit the following attribute: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.spanning.html">att.spanning</a></span> provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">spanTo</span></td><td>indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>Further characteristics of each addition and deletion, such as the hand used, its effect (complete or incomplete, for example), or its position in a sequence of such operations may conveniently be recorded as attributes of these elements, all of which are members of the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes specific to elements encoding authorial or scribal intervention in a text when transcribing manuscript or similar sources." href="ref-att.transcriptional.html">att.transcriptional</a> class: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.transcriptional.html">att.transcriptional</a></span> provides attributes specific to elements encoding authorial or scribal intervention in a text when transcribing manuscript or similar sources.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">seq</span></td><td>(sequence) assigns a sequence number related to the order in which the encoded features carrying this attribute are believed to have occurred.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">status</span></td><td>indicates the effect of the intervention, for example in the case of a deletion, strikeouts which include too much or too little text, or in the case of an addition, an insertion which duplicates some of the text already present.
Sample values include: 1] duplicate; 2] duplicate-partial; 3] excessStart; 4] excessEnd; 5] shortStart; 6] shortEnd; 7] partial; 8] unremarkable</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">hand [att.written]</span></td><td>points to a <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element describing the hand considered responsible for the textual content of the element concerned.</td></tr></table></li></ul><div class="p">As described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#COED" title="Simple Editorial Changes"><span class="headingNumber">3.4 </span>Simple Editorial Changes</a>, the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element is used to record any manuscript addition observed in the text, whether it is considered to be authorial or scribal. In the autograph manuscript of Max Beerbohm's <span class="titlem">The Golden Drugget</span>, the author's addition of <span class="mentioned">do ever</span> may be recorded as follows, with the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute indicating that the addition was Beerbohm's by referencing a <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element defined elsewhere in the document (see further <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHDH" title="Document Hands"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.1 </span>Document Hands</a>): <div id="index-egXML-d52e94394" class="pre egXML_valid">Some things are best<br /> at first sight. Others — and here is one of them — <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mb</span>"></span>do ever<span class="element"></add></span><br /> improve by recognition [...] <br /><span class="element"><handNote <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">mb</span>"></span>Max Beerbohm<br /> holograph<span class="element"></handNote></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-05">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element is used to record manuscript deletions in a similar way. In the autograph manuscript of D. H. Lawrence's <span class="titlem">Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani</span> the author's deletion of <span class="mentioned">my</span> may be recorded as follows. In this case, the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute indicating that the deletion was Lawrence's is complemented by a <span class="att">rend</span> attribute indicating that the deletion was by strike-through: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94420" class="pre egXML_valid">For I hate this <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">strikethrough</span>" <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#dhl</span>"></span>my<span class="element"></del></span> body, which is so dear to me ...<br /><br /><span class="element"><handNote <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">dhl</span>"></span>D H Lawrence holograph<span class="element"></handNote></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-06">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>If deletions are classified systematically, the <span class="att">type</span> attribute may be useful to indicate the classification; when they are classified by the manner in which they were effected, or by their appearance, however, this will lead to a certain arbitrariness in deciding whether to use the <span class="att">type</span> or the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute to hold the information. In general, it is recommended that the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute be used for description of the appearance or method of deletion, and that the <span class="att">type</span> attribute be reserved for higher level or more abstract classifications.</p><div class="p">The <span class="att">place</span> attribute is also available to indicate the location of an addition. For example, consider the following passage from a draft letter by Robert Graves: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/PHgraves2.png" alt="Draft letter from Robert Graves to Desmond Flower, 17 Dec 1938 (detail).
 " class="graphic" style=" width:500px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.5. Draft letter from Robert Graves to Desmond Flower, 17 Dec 1938 (detail). </figcaption></figure> At the end of this extract, the writer inserts the word <span class="q">‘cant,’</span> above the line, with a stroke to indicate insertion. Assuming that we have previously defined the identifier <code>RG</code> somewhere: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94460" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><listPerson></span><br /> <span class="element"><person <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">RG</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- information about Robert Graves here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></person></span><br /><span class="element"></listPerson></span></div>, this extract might now be encoded as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94466" class="pre egXML_valid"> The O.E.D. is not a<br /> dictionary so much as a corpus of precedents <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#RG</span>"></span>in the<span class="element"></del></span>:<br /> current, obsolete, <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#RG</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span>cant,<span class="element"></add></span> cataphretic and<br /> nonce-words are all included. <div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-07">bibliography</a> </div></div> A little earlier in the same extract, Graves writes <span class="q">‘for an abridgement’</span> above the line, and then deletes it. This may be encoded similarly: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94478" class="pre egXML_valid"> As for 'significant artist.' You quote the O.E.D <span class="element"><del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#RG</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span>for an abridgement<span class="element"></add></span><br /><span class="element"></del></span> in explanation...<br /><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-07">bibliography</a> </div></div> Similarly, in the margin, the word <span class="q">‘Norton’</span> has been added and then deleted: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94488" class="pre egXML_valid"> You<br /> quote the <span class="element"><del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#RG</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">margin</span>"></span>Norton<span class="element"></add></span><br /><span class="element"></del></span> O.E.D...<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-07">bibliography</a> </div></div> The word <span class="q">‘O.E.D.’</span> in this first sentence has also clearly been the result of some redrafting: it may be that Graves started to write <span class="q">‘Oxford’</span>, and then changed it; it may be that he inserted other punctuation marks between the letters before replacing them with the centre dots used elsewhere to represent this acronym. We do not deal with these possibilities here, and mention them only to indicate that any encoding of manuscript material of this complexity will need to make decisions about what is and is not worth mentioning.</div><div class="p">An encoder may also wish to indicate that an addition replaces a specific deletion, that is to encode a substitution as a single intervention in the text. This may be achieved by grouping the addition and deletion together within a <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> element. At the end of the passage illustrated above, Graves first writes <span class="q">‘It is the expressed...’</span>, then deletes <span class="q">‘It is’</span>, and substitutes an uppercase T at the start of <span class="q">‘the’</span>. <div id="index-egXML-d52e94518" class="pre egXML_valid"> ... are all included. <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#RG</span>"></span>It is<span class="element"></del></span><br /><span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>T<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>t<span class="element"></del></span><br /><span class="element"></subst></span>he expressed <div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-07">bibliography</a> </div></div> The use of this element and of the <span class="att">seq</span> attribute to indicate the order in which interventions such as deletions are believed to have occurred are further discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHSU" title="Substitutions"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.5 </span>Substitutions</a> below.</div><p>The <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> elements defined in the core module suffice only for the description of additions and deletions which fit within the structure of the text being transcribed, that is, which each deletion or addition is completely contained by the structural element (paragraph, line, division) within which it occurs. Where this is not the case, for example because an individual addition or deletion involves several distinct structural subdivisions, such as poems or prose items, or otherwise crosses a structural boundary in the text being encoded, special treatment is needed. The <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> elements are provided by this module for that purpose. (For a general discussion of the issue see further <a class="link_ptr" href="NH.html" title="31"><span class="headingNumber">20 </span>Non-hierarchical Structures</a>).</p><div class="p">In this example of the use of <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a>, the insertion by Helgi Ólafsson of a gathering containing four neo-Eddic poems into <span class="titlem">Lbs 1562 4to</span> is recorded as follows. A <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element is first declared, within the header of the document, to associate the identifier <span class="val">heol</span> with Helgi. Each of the added poems is encoded as a distinct <a class="gi" title="(text division) contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text." href="ref-div.html">div</a> element. In the body of the text, an <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> element is placed to mark the beginning of the span of added text, and an <a class="gi" title="(anchor point) attaches an identifier to a point within a text, whether or not it corresponds with a textual element." href="ref-anchor.html">anchor</a> is used to mark its end. The <span class="att">hand</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> element ascribes responsibility for the addition to the manuscript to Helgi, and the <span class="att">spanTo</span> attribute points to the end of the added text: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94588" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><handNote <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">heol</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">scribe</span>="<span class="attributevalue">HelgiÓlafsson</span>"/></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /><span class="element"><body></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"><addSpan <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">added gathering</span>" <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#heol</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#p025</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text of first added poem here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text of second added poem here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text of third added poem here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- text of fourth added poem here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /> <span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">p025</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><div></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- more text here --></span><br /> <span class="element"></div></span><br /><span class="element"></body></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-08">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> element is used in the same way. An authorial manuscript will often contain several occasions where sequences of whole lines are marked for deletion, either by boxes or by being struck out. If the encoder is marking up individual verse lines with the <a class="gi" title="(verse line) contains a single, possibly incomplete, line of verse." href="ref-l.html">l</a> element, such deletions are problematic: deletion of two consecutive lines should be regarded as a single deletion, but the <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element must be properly nested within a single <a class="gi" title="(verse line) contains a single, possibly incomplete, line of verse." href="ref-l.html">l</a> element. The <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> element solves this problem: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94626" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span>Flowed up the hill and down King William Street,<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><delSpan <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#EPdelEnd</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#EP</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">strikethrough</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>To where Saint Mary Woolnoth kept the time,<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>With a dead sound on the final stroke of nine.<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">EPdelEnd</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>There I saw one I knew, and stopped him, crying "Stetson!<span class="element"></l></span>... </div></div><div class="p">It is also often the case that deletions and additions may themselves contain other deletions and additions. For example, in Thomas Moore's autograph of the second version of <span class="titlem">Lalla Rookh</span> two lines are marked for omission by vertical strike-through. Within the first of the two lines, the word <span class="mentioned">upon</span> has also been struck out, and the word <span class="mentioned">over</span> has been added: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94650" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span><br /> <span class="element"><delSpan <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">verticalStrike</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#delend01</span>"/></span> Tis moonlight<br /> <span class="element"><del></span>upon<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>over<span class="element"></add></span> Oman's sky<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Her isles of pearl look lovelily<span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">delend01</span>"/></span><span class="element"></l></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-09">bibliography</a> </div></div> In this case the <a class="gi" title="(anchor point) attaches an identifier to a point within a text, whether or not it corresponds with a textual element." href="ref-anchor.html">anchor</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> have been placed within the structural elements (the <a class="gi" title="(verse line) contains a single, possibly incomplete, line of verse." href="ref-l.html">l</a>s) rather than between, as in the previous example. This is to indicate that placement of these empty elements is arbitrary.</div><p>The text deleted must be at least partially legible, in order for the encoder to be able to transcribe it. If all of part of it is not legible, the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> element should be used to indicate where text has not been transcribed, because it could not be. The <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHDA" title="Damage Illegibility and Supplied Text"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.1 </span>Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</a> may be used to indicate areas of text which cannot be read with confidence. See further section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHOM" title="Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.7 </span>Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</a> and section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHDA" title="Damage Illegibility and Supplied Text"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.1 </span>Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</a>.</p></div><div class="div3" id="PHSU"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHAD"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span>Additions and Deletions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCD"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.6 </span>Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHSU" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Substitutions</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.5 </span><span class="head">Substitutions</span></h5><p>Substitution of one word or phrase for another is perhaps the most common of all phenomena requiring special treatment in transcription of primary textual sources. It may be simply one word written over the top of another, or deletion of one word and its replacement by another written above it by the same hand on the same occasion; the deletion and replacement may be done by different hands at different times; there may be a long chain of substitutions on the same stretch of text, with uncertainty as to the order of substitution and as to which of many possible readings should be preferred.</p><div class="p">As we have shown, the simplest method of recording a substitution is simply to record both the addition and the deletion. However, when the module defined by this chapter is in use, additional elements are available to indicate that the encoder believes the addition and the deletion to be part of the same intervention: a substitution. <ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-subst.html">subst</a></span> (substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-substJoin.html">substJoin</a></span> (substitution join) identifies a series of possibly fragmented additions, deletions or other revisions on a manuscript that combine to make up a single intervention in the text</li></ul> Using the <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> element, the example at the end of the last section might be encoded as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94701" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span><br /> <span class="element"><delSpan <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">verticalStrike</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#delend02</span>"/></span> Tis moonlight<br /> <span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>upon<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>over<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></subst></span> Oman's sky<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Her isles of pearl look lovelily<span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">delend02</span>"/></span><span class="element"></l></span></div> Since the purpose of this element is solely to group its child elements together, the order in which they are presented is not significant. When both deletion and addition are present, it may not always be clear which occurs first: using the <span class="att">seq</span> attribute is a simple way of resolving any such ambiguities.</div><div class="p">For example, returning to the example from William James, in a passage first written out by James as <span class="q">‘One must have lived longer with this system, to appreciate its advantages’</span>, the word <span class="mentioned">this</span> is first replaced by <span class="mentioned">such a</span> and this is then replaced by <span class="mentioned">a</span>.<span id="Note82_return"><a class="notelink" title="The manuscript contains several other substitutions, ignored here for the sake of clarity." href="#Note82"><sup>45</sup></a></span> This may be encoded as follows, representing the two changes as a sequence of additions and deletions: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94736" class="pre egXML_valid">One must have lived longer<br /> with <span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">seq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span>this<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">seq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">seq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span>such a<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">seq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2</span>"></span>a<span class="element"></add></span><br /><span class="element"></subst></span> system, to appreciate its advantages.</div> Note the nesting of an <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element within a <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> to record text first added, then deleted in the source. The numbers assigned by the <span class="att">seq</span> attribute may be used to identify the order in which the various additions and deletions are believed by the encoder to have been carried out, and thus provide a simple method of supporting the kind of ‘genetic’ textual criticism typified by (for example) Hans Walter Gabler's work on the reconstruction of the ‘overlay’ levels implicit in the manuscripts of James Joyce's <span class="titlem">Ulysses</span>. A fuller and more complex way of supporting such an approach is discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a>.</div><div class="p">The case of a single substitution or scribal correction that involves non-contiguous addition and deletion can be handled by using the <a class="gi" title="(substitution join) identifies a series of possibly fragmented additions, deletions or other revisions on a manuscript that combine to make up a single intervention in the text" href="ref-substJoin.html">substJoin</a> element to make an explicit connection between one or more <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> elements. In the following example from Thomas Moore's Lalla Rookh, the deletion and addition are not contiguous: they are separated by the word <span class="q">‘thus’</span>, which is not part of the scribal intervention being marked. Because of this intervening text, it would be inappropriate to use <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> to group this <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a>. <a class="gi" title="(substitution join) identifies a series of possibly fragmented additions, deletions or other revisions on a manuscript that combine to make up a single intervention in the text" href="ref-substJoin.html">substJoin</a> allows the encoder to indicate that additions and deletions separated in this way are part of a single scribal intervention: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94796" class="pre egXML_valid"> While <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">change1</span>"></span>pondering<span class="element"></del></span> thus <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">change2</span>"></span>she mus'd<span class="element"></add></span>, her pinions<br /> fann'd<br /><span class="element"><substJoin <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#change1 #change2</span>"/></span></div> Note that, unlike <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a>, the placement of the <a class="gi" title="(substitution join) identifies a series of possibly fragmented additions, deletions or other revisions on a manuscript that combine to make up a single intervention in the text" href="ref-substJoin.html">substJoin</a> is arbitrary. It may occur before or after the relevant <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> elements.</div><div class="p">As a more complex example, consider the following passage: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/PHowen.png" alt="Detail from autograph manuscript in the
 English Faculty Library, Oxford University. " class="graphic" style=" width:450px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.6. Detail from <span class="titlem">Dulce et decorum est</span> autograph manuscript in the English Faculty Library, Oxford University.</figcaption></figure> This passage might be encoded as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94831" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span>And towards our distant rest began to trudge,<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span><br /> <span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>Helping the worst amongst us<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>Dragging the worst amongt<br /> us<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></subst></span>, who'd no boots<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>But limped on, blood-shod. All went lame; <span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">status</span>="<span class="attributevalue">shortEnd</span>"></span>half-<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>all<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></subst></span> blind;<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Drunk with fatigue ; deaf even to the hoots<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Of tired, outstripped <span class="element"><del></span>fif<span class="element"></del></span> five-nines that dropped<br /> behind.<span class="element"></l></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-16">bibliography</a> </div></div> In this representation, <ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">the authorial slip (<span class="mentioned">amongt</span> for <span class="mentioned">amongst</span>) is retained without comment.</li><li class="item">the other two authorial corrections are marked as substitutions, each combining a deletion and an addition. </li><li class="item">the false start <span class="mentioned">fif</span> in the last line is simply marked as a deletion;</li></ul></div><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="(apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and usually one or more readings or notes on the relevant passage." href="ref-app.html">app</a> element presented in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a> provides similar facilities, by treating each state of the text as a distinct reading. The <a class="gi" title="(reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation." href="ref-rdg.html">rdg</a> element has a <span class="att">varSeq</span> attribute which may be used in the same way as the <span class="att">seq</span> attribute to indicate the preferred sequence. The James example above might thus be represented as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94891" class="pre egXML_valid">One must have lived longer with <span class="element"><app></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">varSeq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>this<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">varSeq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>such a<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"></rdg></span><br /> <span class="element"><rdg <span class="attribute">varSeq</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>a<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></rdg></span><br /><span class="element"></app></span> system, to appreciate its advantages.</div></div></div><div class="div3" id="PHCD"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHSU"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.5 </span>Substitutions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHOM"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.7 </span>Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHCD" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.6 </span><span class="head">Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings</span></h5><p>An author or scribe may mark a word or phrase in some way, and then on reflection decide to cancel the marking. For example, text may be marked for deletion and the deletion then cancelled, thus restoring the deleted text. Such cancellation may be indicated by the <a class="gi" title="indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction." href="ref-restore.html">restore</a> element: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-restore.html">restore</a></span> indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction.</li></ul><p>This element bears the same attributes as the other transcriptional elements. These may be used to supply further information such as the hand in which the restoration is carried out, the type of restoration, and the person responsible for identifying the restoration as such, in the same way as elsewhere. </p><div class="p">Presume that Lawrence decided to restore <span class="mentioned">my</span> to the phrase of <span class="titlem">Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani</span> first written <span class="q">‘For I hate this my body’</span>, with the <span class="mentioned">my</span> first deleted then restored by writing <span class="q">‘stet’</span> in the margin. This may be encoded: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94936" class="pre egXML_valid">For I hate this <span class="element"><restore <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#dhl</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">marginalStetNote</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>my<span class="element"></del></span><br /><span class="element"></restore></span> body</div></div><p>Another feature commonly encountered in manuscripts is the use of circles, lines, or arrows to indicate transposition of material from one point in the text to another. No specific markup for this phenomenon is proposed at this time. Such cases are most simply encoded as additions at the point of insertion and deletions at the point of encirclement or other marking. </p></div><div class="div3" id="PHOM"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCD"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.6 </span>Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHOM" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.7 </span><span class="head">Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</span></h5><p>Where text is not transcribed, whether because of damage to the original, or because it is illegible, or for some other reason such as editorial policy, the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> core element may be used to register the omission; where such text is transcribed, but the editor wishes to indicate that they consider it to be superfluous, for example because it is an inadvertent scribal repetition or an interpolation from another source, the <a class="gi" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a> element may be used in preference. Where the editor believes text to be interpolated but genuine, the <a class="gi" title="(secluded text) Secluded. Marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be genuine but out of its original place (which is unknown)." href="ref-secl.html">secl</a> element may be used instead. Where text not present in the source is supplied (whether conjecturally or from other witnesses) to fill an apparent gap in the text, the <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> element may be used. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-gap.html">gap</a></span> indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">reason</span></td><td>gives the reason for omission
Suggested values include: 1] cancelled; 2] deleted; 3] editorial; 4] illegible; 5] inaudible; 6] irrelevant; 7] sampling</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">hand</span></td><td>in the case of text omitted from the transcription because of deliberate deletion by an identifiable hand, indicates the hand which made the deletion.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">agent</span></td><td>in the case of text omitted because of damage, categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified.
Sample values include: 1] rubbing; 2] mildew; 3] smoke</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a></span> marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">reason</span></td><td>one or more words indicating why this text is believed to be superfluous, e.g. <span class="mentioned">repeated</span>, <span class="mentioned">interpolated</span> etc.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-secl.html">secl</a></span> (secluded text) Secluded. Marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be genuine but out of its original place (which is unknown).<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">reason</span></td><td>one or more words indicating why this text has been secluded, e.g. <span class="mentioned">interpolated</span> etc.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a></span> signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">reason</span></td><td>one or more words indicating why the text has had to be supplied, e.g. <span class="mentioned">overbinding</span>, <span class="mentioned">faded-ink</span>, <span class="mentioned">lost-folio</span>, <span class="mentioned">omitted-in-original</span>.</td></tr></table></li></ul><div class="p">By its nature, the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> element has no content. It marks a point in the text where nothing at all can be read, whether because of authorial or scribal erasure, physical damage, or any other form of illegibility. Its attributes allow the encoder to specify the amount of text which is illegible in this way at this point, using any convenient units, where this can be determined. For example, in the Beerbohm manuscript of <span class="titlem">The Golden Drugget</span> cited above, the author has erased a passage amounting about 10 cm in length by inking over it completely: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94974" class="pre egXML_valid">Others <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">cancelled</span>" <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#mb</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">quantity</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>" <span class="attribute">unit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">cm</span>"/></span>—and here is one of<br /> them...<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-05">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">In an autograph letter of Sydney Smith now in the Pierpont Morgan library three words in the signature are quite illegible: <div id="index-egXML-d52e94980" class="pre egXML_valid">I am dr Sr yr <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">illegible</span>" <span class="attribute">quantity</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">unit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">word</span>"/></span>Sydney Smith<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-10">bibliography</a> </div></div> The degree of precision attempted when measuring the size of a gap will vary with the purpose of the encoding and the nature of the material: no particular recommendation is made here.</div><p>As noted above, the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> element should only be used where text has not been transcribed. If partially legible text has been transcribed, one of the elements <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> and <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> should be used instead (these elements are described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHDA" title="Damage Illegibility and Supplied Text"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.1 </span>Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</a>); if the text is legible and has been transcribed, but the editor wishes to indicate that they regard it is superfluous or redundant, then the element <a class="gi" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a> may be used in preference to the core element <a class="gi" title="(Latin for thus or so) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate." href="ref-sic.html">sic</a> used to indicate text regarded as erroneous.</p><p>Amongst the many examples cited in Hans Krummrey & Silvio Panciera's classic text on the editing of epigraphic inscriptions is the following. In a late classical inscription, the form ‘dedikararunt’ is encountered. The editor may choose any of the following three possibilities:</p><ul><li class="item">mark this as an erroneous form <div id="index-egXML-d52e95013" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><sic></span>dedikararunt<span class="element"></sic></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PHegsurp">bibliography</a> </div></div></li><li class="item">additionally supply a corrected form <div id="index-egXML-d52e95018" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>dedikararunt<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr></span>dedikarunt<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PHegsurp">bibliography</a> </div></div></li><li class="item">indicate that the erroneous form contains surplus characters which the editor wishes to suppress <div id="index-egXML-d52e95026" class="pre egXML_valid"> dedika<span class="element"><surplus></span>ra<span class="element"></surplus></span>runt <div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PHegsurp">bibliography</a> </div></div></li></ul><div class="p">The <a class="gi" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a> element may also be used to mark up interpolations, as in the following example taken from a 13th century Italian source: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95036" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>"></span>a darmi morte, poi m'avete preso <span class="element"><surplus <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">interpolated</span>"></span>a<br /> tradimento<span class="element"></surplus></span><span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">5</span>"></span>sì com' l'uccellator prende l'uccello<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><gap/></span><br /><span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">43</span>"></span>e lettere dintorno che diriano <span class="element"><surplus <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">interpolated</span>"></span>in questa<br /> guisa<span class="element"></surplus></span><span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">44</span>"></span>Più v'amo, dëa, che non faccio Deo<span class="element"></l></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PHegsurp2">bibliography</a> </div></div> The words marked as <a class="gi" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a> here are metrically inconsistent with the rest and have been marked by the editor as such.</div><div class="p">In the case of an interpolation which the editor regards as genuine (i.e. written by the author in question), but out of its original place, the <a class="gi" title="(secluded text) Secluded. Marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be genuine but out of its original place (which is unknown)." href="ref-secl.html">secl</a> element should be used instead of <a class="gi" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a>. For example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95062" class="pre egXML_valid">
<span class="element"><sp></span>
<span class="element"><ab></span>
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">545</span>"/></span>Great praise and thanks be to Perfidy as she
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">546</span>"/></span>deserves, since by our swindles, tricks, and clever moves, relying
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">547</span>"/></span>on the daring of our shoulder blades and the excellence of our
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">548</span>"/></span>forearms who went against cattle-prods, hot iron-blades,
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">549-550</span>"/></span>crosses and shackles, neck-irons, chains, prisons, collars, fetters,
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">551</span>"/></span>and yokes, the fiercest painters fully acquainted with our backs
<span class="element"><lb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">552</span>"/></span><span class="element"><secl></span>who have often before put scars on our shoulder blades<span class="element"></secl></span>
...
<span class="element"></ab></span>
<span class="element"></sp></span>
<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PHOM-eg-secl">bibliography</a> </div></div> The final line is bracketed in the Loeb edition, with a note: <span class="q">‘versum secl. Bothe’</span>, meaning Bothe regarded this line as Plautine, but probably interpolated. It is easy to see how the line might have crept in as a gloss on the metaphor in the previous line.</div><div class="p">If some part of the source text is completely illegible or missing, an encoder may sometimes wish to supply new (conjectural) material to replace it. This conjectural reading is analogous to a correction in that it contains text provided by the encoder and not attested in the source. This is not however a correction, since no error is necessarily present in the original; for that reason a different element <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> should be used. If another (imaginary) copy of the letter above preserved the signature as reading <span class="q">‘I am dear Sir your very humble Servt Sydney Smith’</span>, the text illegible in the autograph might be supplied in the transcription: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95099" class="pre egXML_valid">I am dr Sr yr<br /><span class="element"><supplied <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">illegible</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#msm</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">source</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Ry2</span>"></span>very humble<br /> Servt<span class="element"></supplied></span> Sydney Smith</div> Here the <span class="att">source</span> and <span class="att">resp</span> attributes are used, as elsewhere, to indicate respectively the sigil of a manuscript from which the supplied reading has been taken, and the identifier of the person responsible for deciding to supply the text. If the <span class="att">source</span> attribute is not supplied, the implication is that the encoder (or whoever is indicated by the value of the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute) has supplied the missing reading. Both <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> and <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> may be used in combination with <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a>, <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a>, and other elements; for discussion, see section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCOMB" title="Use of the gap del damage unclear and supplied Elements in Combination"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.2 </span>Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and supplied Elements in Combination</a>.</div></div></div><div class="div2" id="PHPH"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCH"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1 </span>Altered, Corrected, and Erroneous Texts</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHDAMCON"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3 </span>Damage and Conjecture</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHPH" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Hands and Responsibility</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2 </span><span class="head">Hands and Responsibility</span></h4><p>This section discusses in more detail the representation of aspects of responsibility perceived or to be recorded for the writing of a primary source. These include points at which one scribe takes over from another, or at which ink, pen, or other characteristics of the writing change. A discussion of the usage of the <span class="att">hand</span>, <span class="att">resp</span>, and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes is also included.</p><div class="div3" id="PHDH"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHHR"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.2 </span>Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHDH" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Document Hands</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.1 </span><span class="head">Document Hands</span></h5><p>For many text-critical purposes it is important to signal the person responsible (the <span class="term">hand</span>) for the writing of a whole document, a stretch of text within a document, or a particular feature within the document. A hand, as the name suggests, need not necessarily be identified with a particular known (or unknown) scribe or author; it may simply indicate a particular combination of writing features recognized within one or more documents. The examples given above of the use of the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute with coding of additions and deletions illustrate this.</p><p>The <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element is used to provide information about each hand distinguished within the encoded document. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a></span> (note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript.</li></ul><p>A <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element, with an identifier given by its <span class="att">xml:id</span> attribute, may appear in either of two places in the TEI header, depending on which modules are included in a schema. When the <span class="ident-module">transcr</span> module defined by the present chapter is used, the element <a class="gi" title="contains one or more <handNote> elements documenting the different hands identified within the source texts." href="ref-handNotes.html">handNotes</a> is available, within the <a class="gi" title="(text-profile description) provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and their setting." href="ref-profileDesc.html">profileDesc</a> element of the TEI header, to hold one or more <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> elements. When the <span class="ident-module">msdescription</span> module defined in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html" title="Manuscript Description"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a> is included, the <a class="gi" title="(description of hands) contains a description of all the different kinds of writing used in a manuscript." href="ref-handDesc.html">handDesc</a> element described in <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html#msph2" title="Writing Decoration and Other Notations"><span class="headingNumber">10.7.2 </span>Writing, Decoration, and Other Notations</a> also becomes available as part of a structured manuscript description. The encoder may choose to place <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> elements identifying individual hands in either location without affecting their accessibility since the element is always addressed by means of its <span class="att">xml:id</span> attribute. The <a class="gi" title="(description of hands) contains a description of all the different kinds of writing used in a manuscript." href="ref-handDesc.html">handDesc</a> element may be more appropriate when a full cataloguing of each manuscript is required; the <a class="gi" title="contains one or more <handNote> elements documenting the different hands identified within the source texts." href="ref-handNotes.html">handNotes</a> element if only a brief characterization of each hand is needed. It is also possible to use the two elements together if, for example, the <a class="gi" title="(description of hands) contains a description of all the different kinds of writing used in a manuscript." href="ref-handDesc.html">handDesc</a> element contains a single summary describing all the hands discursively, while the <a class="gi" title="contains one or more <handNote> elements documenting the different hands identified within the source texts." href="ref-handNotes.html">handNotes</a> element gives specific details of each. The choice will depend on individual encoders' priorities.</p><p>As shown above, the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute is available on several elements to indicate the hand in which the content of the element (usually a deletion or addition) is carried out. The <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> element may also be used within the body of a transcription to indicate where a change of hand is detected for whatever reason. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a></span> marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint.</li></ul><p>Both <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> and <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> are members of the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes describing aspects of the hand in which a manuscript is written." href="ref-att.handFeatures.html">att.handFeatures</a> class, and thus share the following attributes: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.handFeatures.html">att.handFeatures</a></span> provides attributes describing aspects of the hand in which a manuscript is written.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">scribe</span></td><td>gives a name or other identifier for the scribe believed to be responsible for this hand.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">script</span></td><td>characterizes the particular script or writing style used by this hand, for example <span class="mentioned">secretary</span>, <span class="mentioned">copperplate</span>, <span class="mentioned">Chancery</span>, <span class="mentioned">Italian</span>, etc.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">scribeRef</span></td><td>points to a full description of the scribe concerned, typically supplied by a <a class="gi" title="provides information about an identifiable individual, for example a participant in a language interaction, or a person referred to in a historical source." href="ref-person.html">person</a> element elsewhere in the description.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">scriptRef</span></td><td>points to a full description of the script or writing style used by this hand, typically supplied by a <a class="gi" title="describes a particular script distinguished within the description of a manuscript or similar resource." href="ref-scriptNote.html">scriptNote</a> element elsewhere in the description.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">medium</span></td><td>describes the tint or type of ink, e.g. <span class="mentioned">brown</span>, or other writing medium, e.g. <span class="mentioned">pencil</span></td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">scope</span></td><td>specifies how widely this hand is used in the manuscript.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>A single hand may employ different writing styles and inks within a document, or may change character. For example, the writing style might shift from <span class="q">‘anglicana’</span> to <span class="q">‘secretary’</span>, or the ink from blue to brown, or the character of the hand may change. Simple changes of this kind may be indicated by assigning a new value to the appropriate attribute within the <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> element. It is for the encoder to decide whether a change in these properties of the writing style is so marked as to require treatment as a distinct hand.</p><p>Where such a change is to be identified, the <span class="att">new</span> attribute indicates the hand applicable to the material following the <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a>. The sequence of such <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> elements will often, but not necessarily, correspond with the order in which the material was originally written. Where this is not the case, the facilities described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a> may be found helpful.</p><p>As might be expected, a single hand may also vary renditions within the same writing style, for example medieval scribes often indicate a structural division by emboldening all the words within a line. Such changes should be indicated by use of the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute, in the same manner as underlining, emboldening, font shifts, etc. are represented in transcription of a printed text, rather than by introducing a new <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> element.</p><div class="p">In the following example there is a change of ink within a single hand. This is simply indicated by a new value for the <span class="att">medium</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95281" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span>When wolde the cat dwelle in his ynne<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">medium</span>="<span class="attributevalue">greenish-ink</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>And if the cattes skynne be slyk <span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">medium</span>="<span class="attributevalue">black-ink</span>"/></span> and<br /> gaye<span class="element"></l></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-11">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">In the following example, the encoder has identified two distinct hands within the document and given them identifiers <span class="val">h1</span> and <span class="val">h2</span>, by means of the following declarations included in the document's TEI header: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95297" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><handNotes></span><br /> <span class="element"><handNote <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">h1</span>" <span class="attribute">script</span>="<span class="attributevalue">copperplate</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">medium</span>="<span class="attributevalue">brown-ink</span>"></span>Carefully written<br /> with regular descenders<span class="element"></handNote></span><br /> <span class="element"><handNote <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">h2</span>" <span class="attribute">script</span>="<span class="attributevalue">print</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">medium</span>="<span class="attributevalue">pencil</span>"></span>Unschooled<br /> scrawl<span class="element"></handNote></span><br /><span class="element"></handNotes></span></div></div><div class="p">Then the change of hand is indicated in the text: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95307" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">new</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#h1</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#das</span>"/></span>... and that good Order Decency and regular worship may be once<br /> more introduced and Established in this Parish according to the Rules and<br /> Ceremonies of the Church of England and as under a good Consciencious and sober<br /> Curate there would and ought to be <span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">new</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#h2</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#das</span>"/></span> and for that<br /> purpose the parishioners pray<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-12">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>When a more precise or nuanced discussion of the writing in a manuscript is required, the <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> and <a class="gi" title="describes a particular script distinguished within the description of a manuscript or similar resource." href="ref-scriptNote.html">scriptNote</a> elements discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html#msph2" title="Writing Decoration and Other Notations"><span class="headingNumber">10.7.2 </span>Writing, Decoration, and Other Notations</a> should be used. Either element may serve as the target for a <a class="gi" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a>.</p></div><div class="div3" id="PHHR"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHDH"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.1 </span>Document Hands</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHHR" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.2 </span><span class="head">Hand, Responsibility, and Certainty Attributes</span></h5><div class="p">The <span class="att">hand</span> and <span class="att">resp</span> attributes have similar, but not identical, meanings. Observe their distinctive uses in the following encoding of the William James passage mentioned above in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCC" title="Correction and Conjecture"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.3 </span>Correction and Conjecture</a>. In this example, the <span class="mentioned">But</span> inserted by James is tagged as an <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a>, and the consequent editorial correction of <span class="mentioned">One</span> to <span class="mentioned">one</span> treated separately: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95351" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#FB</span>" <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#WJ</span>"></span>But<span class="element"></add></span><br /><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>One<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#FB</span>"></span>one<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span> must have lived ... <br /><span class="comment"><!-- elsewhere --></span><br /><span class="element"><respStmt <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">FB</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><resp></span>editorial changes<span class="element"></resp></span><br /> <span class="element"><name></span>Fredson Bowers<span class="element"></name></span><br /><span class="element"></respStmt></span><br /><span class="element"><respStmt <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">WJ</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><resp></span>authorial changes<span class="element"></resp></span><br /> <span class="element"><name></span>William James<span class="element"></name></span><br /><span class="element"></respStmt></span></div> As in this example, <span class="att">hand</span> should be reserved for indicating the hand of any form of marking—here, addition but also deletion, correction, annotation, underlining, etc.—within the primary text being transcribed. The scribal or authorial responsibility for this marking may be inferred from the value of the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute. The value of the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute should be a pointer to a hand identifiers typically declared in the document header but potentially in another document or repository (see section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHDH" title="Document Hands"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2.1 </span>Document Hands</a>).</div><p>The <span class="att">resp</span> attribute, by contrast, indicates the person responsible for deciding to mark up this part of the text with this particular element. In the case of the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element, for example, the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute will indicate the responsibility for identifying that the addition is indeed an addition, and also (if the <span class="att">hand</span> attribute is supplied) to which hand it should be attributed. In this case, Bowers is credited with identifying the hand as that of William James. In the case of the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element, the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute indicates who is responsible for supplying the intellectual content of the correction reported in the transcription: here, Bowers' correction of <span class="q">‘One’</span> to <span class="q">‘one’</span>. In the case of a deletion, the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute will similarly indicate who bears responsibility for identifying or categorizing the deletion itself, while other attributes (<span class="att">hand</span> most obviously) attribute responsibility for the deletion itself.</p><p> In cases where both the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes are defined for a particular element, the two attributes refer to the same aspect of the markup. The one indicates who is intellectually responsible for some item of information, the other indicates the degree of confidence in the information. Thus, for a correction, the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute signifies the person responsible for supplying the correction, while the <span class="att">cert</span> attribute signifies the degree of editorial confidence felt in that correction. For the expansion of an abbreviation, the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute signifies the person responsible for supplying the expansion and the <span class="att">cert</span> attribute signifies the degree of editorial confidence felt in the expansion.</p><p>This close definition of the use of the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes with each element is intended to provide for the most frequent circumstances in which encoders might wish to make unambiguous statements regarding the responsibility for and certainty of aspects of their encoding. The <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes, as so defined, give a convenient mechanism for this. However, there will be cases where it is desirable to state responsibility for and certainty concerning other aspects of the encoding. For example, one may wish in the case of an apparent addition to state the responsibility for the use of the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element, rather than the responsibility for identifying the hand of the addition. It may also be that one editor may make an electronic transcription of another editor's printed transcription of a manuscript text—here, one will wish to assign layers of responsibility, so as to allow the reader to determine exactly what in the final transcription was the responsibility of each editor. In these complex cases of divided editorial responsibility for and certainty concerning the content, attributes, and application of a particular element, the more general mechanisms for representing certainty and responsibility described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="CE.html" title="17"><span class="headingNumber">21 </span>Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility</a> should be used.</p><div class="p">It should be noted that the certainty and responsibility mechanisms described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="CE.html" title="17"><span class="headingNumber">21 </span>Certainty, Precision, and Responsibility</a> replicate all the functions of the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes on particular elements. For example, the encoding of Donaldson's conjectured emendation of <span class="mentioned">wight</span> to <span class="mentioned">wright</span> in line 117 of Chaucer's <span class="titlem">Wife of Bath's Prologue</span> (see <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCC" title="Correction and Conjecture"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.3 </span>Correction and Conjecture</a>) may be encoded as follows using the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes on the <a class="gi" title="(correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text." href="ref-corr.html">corr</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95491" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>wight<span class="element"></sic></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ETD</span>" <span class="attribute">cert</span>="<span class="attributevalue">medium</span>"></span>wright<span class="element"></corr></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span></div> Exactly the same information could be conveyed using the certainty and responsibility mechanisms, as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95499" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><choice></span><br /> <span class="element"><corr <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">c117</span>"></span>wright<span class="element"></corr></span><br /> <span class="element"><sic></span>wight<span class="element"></sic></span><br /><span class="element"></choice></span><br /><span class="element"><certainty <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#c117</span>" <span class="attribute">locus</span>="<span class="attributevalue">value</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">degree</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0.7</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><respons <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#c117</span>" <span class="attribute">locus</span>="<span class="attributevalue">value</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ETD</span>"/></span></div> The choice of which mechanism to use is left to the encoder. In transcriptions where only such statements of responsibility and certainty are made as can be accommodated within the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes of particular elements, it will be economical to use the <span class="att">resp</span> and <span class="att">cert</span> attributes of those elements. Where many statements of responsibility and certainty are made which cannot be so accommodated, it may be economical to use the <a class="gi" title="(responsibility) identifies the individual(s) responsible for some aspect of the content or markup of particular element(s)." href="ref-respons.html">respons</a> and <a class="gi" title="indicates the degree of certainty associated with some aspect of the text markup." href="ref-certainty.html">certainty</a> elements throughout.</div><p>The above discussion supposes that in each case an encoder is able to specify exactly what it is that one wishes to state responsibility for and certainty about. Situations may arise when an encoder wishes to make a statement concerning certainty or responsibility but is unable or unwilling to specify so precisely the domain of the certainty or responsibility. In these cases, the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element may be used with the <span class="att">type</span> attribute set to <span class="q">‘cert’</span> or <span class="q">‘resp’</span> and the content of the note giving a prose description of the state of affairs.</p></div></div><div class="teidiv2" id="PHDAMCON"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHPH"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.2 </span>Hands and Responsibility</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#alterations"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4 </span>Marking up the Writing Process</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHDAMCON" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Damage and Conjecture</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3 </span><span class="head">Damage and Conjecture</span></h4><p>The carrier medium of a primary source may often sustain physical damage which makes parts of it hard or impossible to read. In this section we discuss elements which may be used to represent such situations and give recommendations about how these should be used in conjunction with the other related elements introduced previously in this chapter. </p><div class="div3" id="PHDA"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHCOMB"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.2 </span>Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and supplied Elements in Combination</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHDA" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.1 </span><span class="head">Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</span></h5><p>The <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> and <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> elements described above (section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHOM" title="Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.7 </span>Text Omitted from or Supplied in the Transcription</a>) should be used with appropriate attributes where the degree of damage or illegibility in a text is such that nothing can be read and the text must be either omitted or supplied conjecturally or from one or more other sources. In many cases, however, despite damage or illegibility, the text may yet be read with reasonable confidence. In these cases, the following elements should be used: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-damage.html">damage</a></span> contains an area of damage to the text witness.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-damageSpan.html">damageSpan</a></span> (damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible.</li></ul><p> As members of the class <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes describing the nature of any physical damage affecting a reading." href="ref-att.damaged.html">att.damaged</a>, these elements bear the following attributes: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.damaged.html">att.damaged</a></span> provides attributes describing the nature of any physical damage affecting a reading.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">hand [att.written]</span></td><td>points to a <a class="gi" title="(note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript." href="ref-handNote.html">handNote</a> element describing the hand considered responsible for the textual content of the element concerned.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">agent</span></td><td>categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified.
Sample values include: 1] rubbing; 2] mildew; 3] smoke</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">degree</span></td><td>provides a coded representation of the degree of damage, either as a number between 0 (undamaged) and 1 (very extensively damaged), or as one of the codes <span class="val">high</span>, <span class="val">medium</span>, <span class="val">low</span>, or <span class="val">unknown</span>. The <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element with the <span class="att">degree</span> attribute should only be used where the text may be read with some confidence; text supplied from other sources should be tagged as <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a>.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">group</span></td><td>assigns an arbitrary number to each stretch of damage regarded as forming part of the same physical phenomenon.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p> The class <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes describing the nature of any physical damage affecting a reading." href="ref-att.damaged.html">att.damaged</a> is a subclass of the class <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes for describing the size of physical objects." href="ref-att.dimensions.html">att.dimensions</a>, itself a subclass of the class <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes for describing numerical ranges." href="ref-att.ranging.html">att.ranging</a>. Consequently these elements also therefore bear at least the following attributes: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.dimensions.html">att.dimensions</a></span> provides attributes for describing the size of physical objects.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">extent</span></td><td>indicates the size of the object concerned using a project-specific vocabulary combining quantity and units in a single string of words.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">unit</span></td><td>names the unit used for the measurement
Suggested values include: 1] cm(centimetres) ; 2] mm(millimetres) ; 3] in(inches) ; 4] lines; 5] chars(characters) </td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">quantity</span></td><td>specifies the length in the units specified</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.ranging.html">att.ranging</a></span> provides attributes for describing numerical ranges.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">min</span></td><td>where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the minimum value observed.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">max</span></td><td>where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the maximum value observed.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">atLeast</span></td><td>gives a minimum estimated value for the approximate measurement.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">atMost</span></td><td>gives a maximum estimated value for the approximate measurement.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p> From the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it." href="ref-att.spanning.html">att.spanning</a> class, <a class="gi" title="(damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible." href="ref-damageSpan.html">damageSpan</a> inherits the following additional attribute: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-classSpec"><a href="ref-att.spanning.html">att.spanning</a></span> provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">spanTo</span></td><td>indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>The following examples all refer to the recto of folio 5 of the unique manuscript of the Elder Edda. Here, the manuscript of <span class="titlem">Vóluspá</span> has been damaged through irregular rubbing so that letters in various places are obscured and in some cases cannot be read at all.</p><div class="p">In the first line of this leaf, the transcriber may believe that the last three letters of <span class="mentioned">daga</span> can be read clearly despite the damage: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95604" class="pre egXML_valid">um aldr<br /> d<span class="element"><damage></span>aga<span class="element"></damage></span> yndisniota<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-13">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">If, as is often the case, the damage crosses structural divisions, so that the <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element cannot be nested properly within the containing <a class="gi" title="(text division) contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text." href="ref-div.html">div</a> elements, the <a class="gi" title="(damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible." href="ref-damageSpan.html">damageSpan</a> element may be used, in the same way as the <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> and <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> elements discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHAD" title="Additions and Deletions"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span>Additions and Deletions</a>. <div id="index-egXML-d52e95630" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><p></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">5r</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><damageSpan <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">rubbing</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">extent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">whole leaf</span>" <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#damageEnd</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></p></span><br /><span class="element"><p></span> [...] <span class="element"></p></span><br /><span class="element"><p></span> [...] <span class="element"><pb <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">5v</span>" <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">damageEnd</span>"/></span><span class="element"></p></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-13">bibliography</a> </div></div> Note that in this example the <span class="att">spanTo</span> element points to the next <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> element rather than to an inserted <a class="gi" title="(anchor point) attaches an identifier to a point within a text, whether or not it corresponds with a textual element." href="ref-anchor.html">anchor</a> element, since it is the whole of the leaf (the text between the two <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> elements) which has sustained damage. For other techniques of handling non-nesting information, see chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="NH.html" title="31"><span class="headingNumber">20 </span>Non-hierarchical Structures</a>.</div><div class="p">If, as is also likely, the damage affects several disjoint parts of the text, each such part must be marked with a separate <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> or <a class="gi" title="(damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible." href="ref-damageSpan.html">damageSpan</a> element. To indicate that each of these is to be regarded as forming part of the same damaged area, the <span class="att">group</span> attribute may be used as in the following example. In this (imaginary) text of Fitzgerald's translation from Omar Khayam, water damage has affected an area covering parts of several lines: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95667" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><l></span> The Moving Finger wri<span class="element"><damage <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">water</span>" <span class="attribute">group</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span>es; and<span class="element"></damage></span> having writ,<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Moves <span class="element"><damage <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">water</span>" <span class="attribute">group</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span>on: nor all your<span class="element"></damage></span> Piety nor<br /> Wit<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span><br /> <span class="element"><damageSpan <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">water</span>" <span class="attribute">group</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#washOut</span>"/></span>Shall lure it back to<br /> cancel half a Line,<span class="element"></l></span><br /><span class="element"><l></span>Nor all your Tears wash <span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">washOut</span>"/></span> out a Word of it<span class="element"></l></span></div></div><p>A more general solution to this problem is provided by the <a class="gi" title="identifies a possibly fragmented segment of text, by pointing at the possibly discontiguous elements which compose it." href="ref-join.html">join</a> element discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="SA.html#SAAG" title="Aggregation"><span class="headingNumber">16.7 </span>Aggregation</a> which may be used to link together arbitrary elements of any kind in the transcription. Here, several phenomena of illegibility and conjecture all result from a single cause: an area of damage to the text caused by rubbing at various points. The damage is not continuous, and affects the text at irregular points. In cases such as this, the join element may be used to indicate which tagged features are part of the same physical phenomenon.</p><div class="p">If the damage has been so severe as to render parts of the text only imperfectly legible, the <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element should be used to mark the fact. Returning to the Eddic example above, an encoder less confident in the <span class="mentioned">daga</span> reading might indicate this as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95701" class="pre egXML_valid">um aldr d<span class="element"><unclear <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">damage</span>"></span>aga<span class="element"></unclear></span> yndisniota</div></div><div class="p">If it is desired to supply more information about the kind of damage, it is also possible to nest an <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element within the <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95714" class="pre egXML_valid">um aldr d<span class="element"><damage <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">rubbing</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><unclear></span>aga<span class="element"></unclear></span><br /><span class="element"></damage></span> yndisniota</div></div><div class="p">Alternatively, the transcriber may not feel able to read the last three letters of <span class="mentioned">daga</span> but may wish to supply them by conjecture. Note the use of the <span class="att">resp</span> attribute to assign the conjecture to Finnur Jónsson: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95728" class="pre egXML_valid">um aldr d<span class="element"><supplied <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">rubbing</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#finjon</span>"></span>aga<span class="element"></supplied></span><br /> yndisniota<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-13">bibliography</a> </div></div> The <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> element may if desired be enclosed within a <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95741" class="pre egXML_valid">um aldr d<span class="element"><damage <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">rubbing</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><supplied <span class="attribute">source</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#msm</span>"></span>aga<span class="element"></supplied></span><br /><span class="element"></damage></span><br /> yndisniota<div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-13">bibliography</a> </div></div> The transcriber may also provide alternative conjectures by enclosing multiple <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> elements within a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text." href="ref-choice.html">choice</a> element.</div><div class="p">Contrast the use of <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> in the next line, where the transcriber believes that four letters cannot be read at all because of the damage: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95759" class="pre egXML_valid">þar komr inn dimmi<br /> dreki fliugandi naþr frann neþan <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">illegible</span>" <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">rubbing</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">quantity</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>" <span class="attribute">unit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">letter</span>"/></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-13">bibliography</a> </div></div> As with <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a>, this <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> might be enclosed by a <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element.</div><div class="p">Where elements are nested in this way, information about agency, etc. is by default inherited. In the following imaginary example, there is a smoke-damaged part within which two stretches can be read with some difficulty, and a third stretch which cannot be read at all: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95775" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><damage <span class="attribute">agent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">smoke</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><unclear></span>and the proof of this is<span class="element"></unclear></span><br /> <span class="element"><gap/></span><br /> <span class="element"><unclear></span>margin<span class="element"></unclear></span><br /><span class="element"></damage></span></div></div><div class="p">The above examples record imperfect legibility due to damage. When imperfect legibility is due to some other reason (typically because the handwriting is ill-formed), the <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element should be used without any enclosing <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element. In Robert Southey's autograph of <span class="titlem">The Life of Cowper</span> the final six letters of <span class="mentioned">attention</span> are difficult to read because of the haste of the writing, though reasonably certain from the context. <div id="index-egXML-d52e95797" class="pre egXML_valid">and<br /> from time to time invited in like manner his att<span class="element"><unclear></span>ention<span class="element"></unclear></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-14">bibliography</a> </div></div> The <span class="att">cert</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element may be used to indicate the level of editorial confidence in the reading contained within it.</div></div><div class="div3" id="PHCOMB"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHDA"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.1 </span>Damage, Illegibility, and Supplied Text</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHCOMB" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and
supplied Elements in Combination</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.2 </span><span class="head">Use of the <span class="gi"><gap></span>, <span class="gi"><del></span>, <span class="gi"><damage></span>, <span class="gi"><unclear></span>, and <span class="gi"><supplied></span> Elements in Combination</span></h5><p>The <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a>, <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a>, <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a>, <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a>, and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> elements may be closely allied in their use. For example, an area of damage in a primary source might be encoded with any one of the first four of these elements, depending on how far the damage has affected the readability of the text. Further, certain of the elements may nest within one another. The examples given in the last sections illustrate something of how these elements are to be distinguished in use. This may be formulated as follows: </p><ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">where the text has been rendered completely illegible by deletion or damage and no text is supplied by the editor in place of what is lost: place an empty <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> element at the point of deletion or damage. Note that the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> could be wrapped in a <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> or <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element. Use the <span class="att">reason</span> attribute to state the cause (damage, deletion, etc.) of the loss of text.</li><li class="item">where the text has been rendered completely illegible by deletion or damage and text is supplied by the editor in place of what is lost: surround the text supplied at the point of deletion or damage with the <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> element. Use the <span class="att">reason</span> attribute to state the cause (damage, deletion, etc.) of the loss of text leading to the need to supply the text.</li><li class="item">where the text has been rendered partly illegible by deletion or damage so that the text can be read but without perfect confidence: transcribe the text and surround it with the <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element. Use the <span class="att">reason</span> attribute to state the cause (damage, deletion, etc.) of the uncertainty in transcription and the <span class="att">cert</span> attribute to indicate the confidence in the transcription.</li><li class="item">where there is deletion or damage but at least some of the text can be read with perfect confidence: transcribe the text and surround it with the <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element (for deletion) or the <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element (for damage). Use appropriate attribute values to indicate the cause and type of deletion or damage. Observe that the <span class="att">degree</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element permits the encoding to show that a letter, word, or phrase is not perfectly preserved, though it may be read with confidence.</li><li class="item">where there is an area of deletion or damage and parts of the text within that area can be read with perfect confidence, other parts with less confidence, other parts not at all: in transcription, surround the whole area with the <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element (for deletion; or the <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> element where it crosses a structural boundary); or the <a class="gi" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> element (for damage). Text within the damaged area which can be read with perfect confidence needs no further tagging. Text within the damaged area which cannot be read with perfect confidence may be surrounded with the <a class="gi" title="contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source." href="ref-unclear.html">unclear</a> element. Places within the damaged area where the text has been rendered completely illegible and no text is supplied by the editor may be marked with the <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a> element. For each element, one may use appropriate attribute values to indicate the cause and type of deletion or damage and the certainty of the reading.</li></ul><p>The rules for combinations of the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> elements, and for the interpretation of such combinations, are similar:</p><ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">if one <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element (with identifier <span class="ident">ADD1</span>) contains another (with identifier <span class="ident">ADD2</span>), then the addition <span class="ident">ADD1</span> was first made to the text, and later a second addition (<span class="ident">ADD2</span>) was made within that added text: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95940" class="pre egXML_valid">This is the text <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ADD1</span>"></span>with some added <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ADD2</span>"></span>(interlinear!)<span class="element"></add></span> material<span class="element"></add></span> as<br /> written.</div></li><li class="item">if one <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element contains another, and the <span class="att">seq</span> attribute does not indicate otherwise, it should be assumed that the inner deletion was made before the enclosing one. In the following example, the word <span class="mentioned">redundant</span> was deleted before a second deletion removed the entire passage: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95959" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><del></span>This<br /> sentence contains some <span class="element"><del></span>redundant<span class="element"></del></span> unnecessary<br /> verbiage.<span class="element"></del></span></div></li><li class="item">if a <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element contains an <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element, the normal interpretation will be that an addition was made within a passage which was later deleted in its entirety: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95973" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><del></span>This<br /> sentence was deleted <span class="element"><add></span>originally<span class="element"></add></span> from the<br /> text.<span class="element"></del></span></div></li><li class="item">if an <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element contains a <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element, the normal interpretation will be that a deletion was made from a passage which had earlier been added: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95987" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><add></span>This sentence was<br /> added <span class="element"><del></span>eventually<span class="element"></del></span> to the text.<span class="element"></add></span></div></li><li class="item">When some text has been blackened out so thoroughly that can no longer be read, the encoding should be: <div id="index-egXML-d52e95995" class="pre egXML_valid">bla bla bla <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">deletion</span>" <span class="attribute">extent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3 words</span>"/></span> bla bla bla</div> For consistency, one might prefer to encode the deletion as such, using <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a>, and containing a <a class="gi" title="indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible." href="ref-gap.html">gap</a>, as in the following example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96006" class="pre egXML_valid">bla bla bla <span class="element"><del></span><br /> <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">deletion</span>" <span class="attribute">extent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3 words</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></del></span> bla bla bla</div> This is something that would be necessary if one wanted to encode a <a class="gi" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> including an illegible deletion: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96016" class="pre egXML_valid">bla bla bla <span class="element"><subst></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span><br /> <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">deletion</span>" <span class="attribute">extent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3 words</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span>bla<span class="element"></add></span><br /><span class="element"></subst></span></div> If some parts of the deleted text are readable, and other parts unreadable, it should be encoded as in the following example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96024" class="pre egXML_valid">bla bla bla <span class="element"><del></span>readable deleted part <span class="element"><gap <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">deletion</span>" <span class="attribute">extent</span>="<span class="attributevalue">3 words</span>"/></span> another readable deleted part<span class="element"></del></span> bla bla bla</div></li></ul></div></div><div class="teidiv2" id="alterations"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHDAMCON"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3 </span>Damage and Conjecture</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#alterations" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Marking up the Writing Process</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4 </span><span class="head">Marking up the Writing Process</span></h4><p>Modifications of various kinds (correction, addition, deletion, etc.) are frequently found within a single document, and may also be inferred when different documents are compared, although it may be an open question as to whether inter-document discrepancies should be regarded in the same way as intra-document alterations. When two witnesses are collated, we may observe that a word present in one is missing from the other: this does not necessarily imply that the word was added to the first witness, nor that it was deleted from the other.</p><p>In this section we discuss a number of elements which may be useful when attempting to record traces of the writing process within a document. </p><div class="teidiv3" id="PH-mod"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-meta"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span>Metamarks</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-mod" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Generic Modification</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.1 </span><span class="head">Generic Modification</span></h5><p>Most, if not all, transcriptional elements imply a certain level of semantic interpretation. For instance, using the <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> element to encode a word or phrase that occupies interlinear space involves a decision that it has been deliberately inserted as an addition rather than an alternative, and indeed a judgment that it was written after, rather than before, the other lines. Where it is felt desirable to keep the recording of ‘what is on the page’ entirely separate from ‘what is the editor’s interpretation’, the generic <a class="gi" title="represents any kind of modification identified within a single document." href="ref-mod.html">mod</a> element may be preferred. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-mod.html">mod</a></span> represents any kind of modification identified within a single document.</li></ul><p> This element simply indicates any kind of modification that has been identified in the document, without prejudice as to its function. Occurrences of the <a class="gi" title="represents any kind of modification identified within a single document." href="ref-mod.html">mod</a> element may be categorized by means of their <span class="att">type</span> attribute, and visual aspects of their appearance can be described by means of the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute, but they provide no further interpretation of the function or intention of the passage so marked up. The <span class="att">spanTo</span> attribute may be used to indicate the end of a modified passage if this extends across the boundaries of some other XML element, for example from the middle of one line tagged as a <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> to the middle of another <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> some distance further on in the document.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e96080" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span>words words words <span class="element"><mod <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">wavy-underlining</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#enduw</span>"/></span>words with wavy<br /> underline<span class="element"></line></span> <!-- more lines here --> <br /><span class="element"><line></span>wavy underlining finishes<br /> here<span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">enduw</span>"/></span> more words<span class="element"></line></span></div><p>The distinction between an example such as that above and the simple use of <a class="gi" title="(highlighted) marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is made." href="ref-hi.html">hi</a> to mark the visual salience of the underlining (apart from the use of the <span class="att">spanTo</span> attribute) is that <a class="gi" title="(highlighted) marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is made." href="ref-hi.html">hi</a> does not imply that the visual effect being recorded is understood to represent some kind of modification.</p></div><div class="teidiv3" id="PH-meta"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-mod"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.1 </span>Generic Modification</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-fix"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.3 </span>Fixation and Clarification</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-meta" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Metamarks</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span><span class="head">Metamarks</span></h5><p>By <span class="term">metamark</span> we mean marks such as numbers, arrows, crosses, or other symbols introduced by the writer into a document expressly for the purpose of indicating how the text is to be read. Such marks thus constitute a kind of markup of the document, rather than forming part of the text. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a></span> contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">function</span></td><td>describes the function (for example status, insertion, deletion, transposition) of the metamark.</td></tr><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">target</span></td><td>identifies one or more elements to which the metamark applies.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>Unlike marginal notes or other additions to the text, metamarks are used by the writer to indicate a deliberate alteration of the writing itself, such as <span class="q">‘move this passage over there’</span>. An addition or annotation by contrast would typically concern some property of the passage other than its intended location or status within the text flow. A metamark may contain text, or some other graphic which the encoder wishes to represent, or it may simply consist of arrows, dots, lines etc. which the encoder simply describes.</p><p>The <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element carries a <span class="att">function</span> attribute which specifies the function of the metamark, using values such as <span class="val">reorder</span>, <span class="val">flag</span>, <span class="val">delete</span>, <span class="val">insert</span> or <span class="val">used</span>. The passage to which the metamark applies may be indicated in either of two ways: the <span class="att">target</span> attribute may be used to point to the element or elements containing the passage concerned, or the <span class="att">spanTo</span> element may be used to point to a position in the document at which the passage concerned finishes. In the latter case, the <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> itself must be supplied at the position in the document where the passage concerned begins; in the former case it may be supplied at any convenient point. Both attributes should not be supplied.</p><p>The following example is taken from an 15th century legal book from the city of Göttingen, containing regulations of everyday life issued by the city council </p><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/ka04_1v-dtl.jpg" alt=", fol 1v. " class="graphic" style=" width:70%;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.7. <span class="titlem">Kundige bok 2</span>, fol 1v.</figcaption></figure><div class="p">In the second paragraph, the word <span lang="la" class="mentioned">lege</span> ("read") was written in the left hand margin, next to the sentence beginning <span class="q">‘Ock en schullen de bruwere...’</span>. It is thought to function as a metamark, indicating that this sentence forms part of the regulations. A further sentence was then added, while at some later stage the text and also the metamark were deleted. We might encode this as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96171" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><delSpan <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#endDel</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#L3</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">flag</span>" <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#zone-1</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#L2</span>"></span>lege<span class="element"></metamark></span><br /><span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">zone-1</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#L1</span>"></span>Ock en schullen de bruwere des hilgen dages<br /> nicht over setten noch uppe den stillen fridach bruwen.<span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="element"><addSpan <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#endDel</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#L2</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"><zone></span>Noch nymande over setten, se en sehin denne erst, dat uppe den bonen neyn<br /> stro noch, huw noch flaß ligghe, by pine eyner halven roden, deme bruwere so<br /> wol alse dem bruwheren to murende.<span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">endDel</span>"/></span></div></div><p>The <span class="att">change</span> attribute used here to indicate the sequencing of these various interventions is discussed below, in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a>. The elements <a class="gi" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> are discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHAD" title="Additions and Deletions"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.4 </span>Additions and Deletions</a>.</p><p>The <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element may also be used to encode the symbols etc. often found in marked-up proofs such as the following, taken from the Walt Whitman archive: </p><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/whitman-03.jpg" alt="From a corrected proof of (Walt Whitman
 Archive)" class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.8. From a corrected proof of <span class="titlem">Miracles</span> (Walt Whitman Archive)</figcaption></figure><p>In this example, the whole of what was originally the 14th section of the poem has been marked for deletion, both by horizontal and vertical lines, and by the proofreading mark resembling the <span class="q">‘deleatur’</span> or <span class="q">‘dele’</span> deletion symbol to left and right of the section. The deletion itself might be encoded by using the normal <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> or <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> element, and the metamarks by the <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element. This is quite a different case from that of the next example, in which the writer does not intend to suppress the content, but only to mark that it has been copied to another manuscript or reused.</p><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/whitman-02.jpg" alt="From "I am that halfgrown angry boy" (MS q 25), David M. Rubenstein Rare
 Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University. " class="graphic" style=" width:70%;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.9. From "I am that halfgrown angry boy" (MS q 25), David M. Rubenstein Rare Book & Manuscript Library, Duke University. </figcaption></figure><p>This page contains internal deletions, additions, and retracings but these are semantically quite different from the apparent ‘deletion’ signalled by the larger of the two single vertical lines, which shows that the written material has been transferred or re-used, not deleted.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e96240" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">used</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">line</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#X2</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">X2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>I am that halfgrown <span class="element"><add></span>angry<span class="element"></add></span> boy, fallen asleep<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>The tears of foolish passion yet undried<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>upon my cheeks.<span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>I pass through <span class="element"><add></span>the<span class="element"></add></span> travels and <span class="element"><del></span>fortunes<span class="element"></del></span> of<br /> <span class="element"><retrace></span>thirty<span class="element"></retrace></span><span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>years and become old,<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Each in its due order comes and goes,<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>And thus a message for me comes.<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>The<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">used</span>" <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#X2</span>"></span>Entered - Yes<span class="element"></metamark></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span></div><p>In this example, we class as metamarks both the long vertical line and the annotation <span class="q">‘Entered - yes’</span>. Both metamarks are assumed to indicate that the whole of the written zone with identifier <code>X2</code> is marked as having been used.</p></div><div class="teidiv3" id="PH-fix"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-meta"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span>Metamarks</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#undo"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.4 </span>Confirmation, Cancellation, and Reinstatement of Modifications</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-fix" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Fixation and Clarification</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.3 </span><span class="head">Fixation and Clarification</span></h5><p>A writer may sometimes rewrite material a second time without significant change and in the same place. We consider this a distinct activity from addition as usually defined because no new textual material results; instead the status of existing material is reaffirmed. We may distinguish two variants of this: <span class="term">fixation</span> where the first version was a tentative draft which is subsequently reaffirmed, for example by inking it over; and <span class="term">clarification</span>, where the first version was badly written and has been rewritten for clarity. The element <a class="gi" title="contains a sequence of writing which has been retraced, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it." href="ref-retrace.html">retrace</a> is provided for both cases; its <span class="att">cause</span> attribute may be used to distinguish these or other cases. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-retrace.html">retrace</a></span> contains a sequence of writing which has been retraced, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it.</li></ul><div class="p">In this simple example, taken from the papers of Henrik Ibsen, the writer wrote the word <span class="mentioned">skuldren</span> hastily, and then returned to it to make the letter <span class="mentioned">l</span> larger and clearer: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/skuldren.jpg" alt="From autograph ms of , Collin 2869, 4°,
 I.1.1, the Royal Library of Copenhagen" class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="it">Figure 11.10. From autograph ms of <span class="titlem">Peer Gynt</span>, Collin 2869, 4°, I.1.1, the Royal Library of Copenhagen</figcaption></figure> We might transcribe this word as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96320" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span>... Sku<span class="element"><retrace <span class="attribute">cause</span>="<span class="attributevalue">unclear</span>"></span>l<span class="element"></retrace></span>dren <span class="element"></line></span></div></div><div class="p">A single rewrite may not be sufficient, and it may be that the document becomes almost unreadable as a result of repeated clarification. In the following example, we can distinguish at least three attempts to write the letters <span class="mentioned">er</span> in the word <span class="mentioned">bægerklang</span>: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/munch01.jpg" alt="Detail from autograph ms in The Royal
 Library, Denmark (KBK Collin 262) " class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="it">Figure 11.11. Detail from autograph ms <span class="titlem">Brand</span> in The Royal Library, Denmark (KBK Collin 262)</figcaption></figure> We might encode this by nesting the <a class="gi" title="contains a sequence of writing which has been retraced, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it." href="ref-retrace.html">retrace</a> element as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96346" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span>ved Bæg<span class="element"><retrace <span class="attribute">cause</span>="<span class="attributevalue">unclear</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#stage2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><retrace <span class="attribute">cause</span>="<span class="attributevalue">unclear</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#stage1</span>"></span>er<span class="element"></retrace></span><br /> <span class="element"></retrace></span> ...<span class="element"></line></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-ib05">bibliography</a> </div></div> The <span class="att">change</span> attribute used here is discussed further below (<a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-changes" title="Identifying Changes and Revisions"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a>).</div><p>The <a class="gi" title="contains a sequence of writing which has been retraced, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it." href="ref-retrace.html">retrace</a> element is used only for cases where text has been written multiple times. When metamarks and other markup-like strokes have been rewritten multiple times, the <a class="gi" title="indicates one or more cancelled interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked as reaffirmed or repeated." href="ref-redo.html">redo</a> element described in the next section should be used in preference.</p></div><div class="teidiv3" id="undo"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-fix"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.3 </span>Fixation and Clarification</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#transpo"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.5 </span>Transpositions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#undo" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Confirmation, Cancellation, and Reinstatement of Modifications</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.4 </span><span class="head">Confirmation, Cancellation, and Reinstatement of Modifications</span></h5><p> A writer may indicate that an alteration is itself to be altered: for example, a struck-through passage may be restored via a dotted underlining, or the underlining of a passage may be deleted by a wavy line.</p><p>The following elements are provided to represent these situations: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-redo.html">redo</a></span> indicates one or more cancelled interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked as reaffirmed or repeated.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">target</span></td><td>points to one or more elements representing the interventions which are being reasserted.</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-undo.html">undo</a></span> indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">target</span></td><td>points to one or more elements representing the interventions which are to be reverted or undone.</td></tr></table></li></ul><p>The element <a class="gi" title="indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction." href="ref-restore.html">restore</a> (<a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCD" title="Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.1.6 </span>Cancellation of Deletions and Other Markings</a>) is provided for the comparatively simple case where a simple deletion is marked as having been subsequently cancelled. The <a class="gi" title="indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation." href="ref-undo.html">undo</a> element discussed here is more widely applicable and may be used for any kind of cancellation. It points to the element or elements which are being cancelled. These components need not be contiguous, provided that the cancellation is clearly a single act; each distinct act of cancellation requires a distinct <a class="gi" title="indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation." href="ref-undo.html">undo</a> element, however. Either of the attributes <span class="att">target</span> or <span class="att">spanTo</span> may be used to indicate the passages concerned.</p><p>Consider the following imaginary example: </p><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/undoing1.jpg" alt="Imaginary example demonstrating restoring and undoing" class="graphic" style=" width:80%;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.12. Imaginary example demonstrating restoring and undoing</figcaption></figure><p> We hypothesize that the text has gone through three states or changes, as follows: </p><ol class="numbered"><li class="item">This is just some sample text, we need a real example. </li><li class="item">This is not a real example.</li><li class="item">This is just some text, not a real example.</li></ol><div class="p">This sequence of events might be encoded as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96420" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span>This is <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s2</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">overstrike</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><undo <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Xa</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">dotted</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s3</span>"/></span>just some <span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Xa</span>"/></span> sample <span class="element"><undo <span class="attribute">spanTo</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Xb</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">dotted</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s3</span>"/></span>text, <span class="element"><anchor <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">Xb</span>"/></span> we need<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s2</span>"></span>not<span class="element"></add></span> a real example.<span class="element"></line></span></div> using two <a class="gi" title="indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation." href="ref-undo.html">undo</a> elements, each with a <span class="att">spanTo</span> attribute, to delimit the two parts of the deletion which were reverted at change s3. Note that in this case, since <span class="att">target</span> is not supplied, it is the effect of the parent element (the <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a>) which is assumed to be undone.</div><div class="p">Alternatively, we might more economically use the generic <a class="gi" title="(arbitrary segment) represents any segmentation of text below the ‘chunk’ level." href="ref-seg.html">seg</a> element within the <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> to delimit the two sequences whose deletion is being reverted, and then use the <span class="att">target</span> attribute on a single <a class="gi" title="indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation." href="ref-undo.html">undo</a> element: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96462" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span>This is <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s2</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">overstrike</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><seg <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">X-a</span>"></span>just some<span class="element"></seg></span> sample <span class="element"><seg <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">X-b</span>"></span>text<span class="element"></seg></span>, we<br /> need<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s2</span>"></span>not<span class="element"></add></span> a real example.<span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="element"><undo <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#X-a #X-b</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">dotted</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#s3</span>"/></span></div> </div></div><div class="teidiv3" id="transpo"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#undo"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.4 </span>Confirmation, Cancellation, and Reinstatement of Modifications</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#alter"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.6 </span>Alternative Readings</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#transpo" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Transpositions</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.5 </span><span class="head">Transpositions</span></h5><p>A <span class="term">transposition</span> occurs when metamarks are found in a document indicating that passages should be moved to a different position. Typically this may be done using arrows, asterisks or numbers, or other means. By definition the result of a transposition is not present in the document, and should not therefore be encoded, if the intention is to represent the actual appearance of the document. Instead, the following elements may be used to indicate the intended reordering: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-listTranspose.html">listTranspose</a></span> supplies a list of transpositions, each of which is indicated at some point in a document typically by means of metamarks.</li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-transpose.html">transpose</a></span> describes a single textual transposition as an ordered list of at least two pointers specifying the order in which the elements indicated should be re-combined.</li></ul><div class="p">Consider for example, the following extract from an Ibsen manuscript <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/ibsen01.jpg" alt="Extract from autograph (Poems) NBO Ms. 4º 1110a" class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.13. Extract from autograph <span class="titlem">Digte</span> (Poems) NBO Ms. 4º 1110a</figcaption></figure> The underlined numbers 1 and 2 here indicate that, although the word <span class="mentioned">bör</span> precedes the word <span class="mentioned">hör</span> in the text, the order of the two words should be reversed. We may encode this as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96506" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span><br /> <span class="element"><seg <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ib01</span>"></span>bör<span class="element"></seg></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">underline</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">transposition</span>" <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib01</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span>2.<span class="element"></metamark></span> og <span class="element"><seg <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ib02</span>"></span>hör<span class="element"></seg></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">underline</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">transposition</span>" <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib02</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span>1.<span class="element"></metamark></span><span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="element"><listTranspose></span><br /> <span class="element"><transpose></span><br /> <span class="element"><ptr <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib02</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><ptr <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib01</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></transpose></span><br /><span class="element"></listTranspose></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-ib04">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">Note the use of the generic <a class="gi" title="(arbitrary segment) represents any segmentation of text below the ‘chunk’ level." href="ref-seg.html">seg</a> element to identify the sections of text being transposed. When (as in the following example) the whole of a line is to be transposed, there is no need to delimit the sections concerned: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/ibsen04.jpg" alt="Detail from autograph ms of (KBK Collin
 2869)" class="graphic" style=" width:600px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.14. Detail from autograph ms of <span class="titlem">Den episke Brand</span> (KBK Collin 2869)</figcaption></figure> <div id="index-egXML-d52e96536" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ib3</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">transposition</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">margin-left</span>"></span>2.)<span class="element"></metamark></span> thi da er du med Himmelen i Pagt; — <span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ib4</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">transposition</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">margin-left</span>"></span>1.)<span class="element"></metamark></span> da kan du<br /> Folkets Jøkelhjerter tine;<span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="element"><listTranspose></span><br /> <span class="element"><transpose></span><br /> <span class="element"><ptr <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib4</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><ptr <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ib3</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></transpose></span><br /><span class="element"></listTranspose></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-ib01">bibliography</a> </div></div> When transposition is made, the whole element indicated is understood to be moved, not just its contents. In the above example, the metamarks are thus understood to be moved along with the lines to which they apply.</div><p>One or more <a class="gi" title="supplies a list of transpositions, each of which is indicated at some point in a document typically by means of metamarks." href="ref-listTranspose.html">listTranspose</a> elements may be supplied either embedded within the text or in the <a class="gi" title="(text-profile description) provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and their setting." href="ref-profileDesc.html">profileDesc</a> of the header, depending on local preference. Each <a class="gi" title="supplies a list of transpositions, each of which is indicated at some point in a document typically by means of metamarks." href="ref-listTranspose.html">listTranspose</a> can contain one or more <a class="gi" title="describes a single textual transposition as an ordered list of at least two pointers specifying the order in which the elements indicated should be re-combined." href="ref-transpose.html">transpose</a> elements, each of which defines a single transposition.</p></div><div class="teidiv3" id="alter"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#transpo"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.5 </span>Transpositions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#instantcorr"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.7 </span>Instant Corrections</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#alter" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Alternative Readings</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.6 </span><span class="head">Alternative Readings</span></h5><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/moore04.png" alt="Detail from autograph manuscript of the second version of , Pierpont Morgan MA 310" class="graphic" style=" width:400px;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.15. Detail from autograph manuscript of the second version of <span class="titlem">Lalla Rookh</span>, Pierpont Morgan MA 310</figcaption></figure><p> In this example two alternative readings are provided, but no preference is indicated. While the author apparently first composed the line <span class="q">‘Alone before his native river -’</span>, at some later point, he entertained the possibility of using the word <span class="mentioned">beside</span> instead of <span class="mentioned">before</span>. The manuscript supplies no indication of which word Moore favours at this point, although in fact, in the first printed edition of <span class="titlem">Lalla Rookh</span> the word <span class="mentioned">beside</span> was chosen.</p><div class="p">The element <a class="gi" title="(alternation) identifies an alternation or a set of choices among elements or passages." href="ref-alt.html">alt</a> provided by the <span class="ident-module">linking</span> module gives a simple way of encoding the state of this manuscript, as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96600" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Alone <span class="element"><seg <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">alt1</span>"></span>before<span class="element"></seg></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>" <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">alt2</span>"></span>beside<span class="element"></add></span> his native river —<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><alt <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#alt1 #alt2</span>" <span class="attribute">mode</span>="<span class="attributevalue">excl</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">weights</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0 1</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></zone></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-09">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><p>The <span class="att">mode</span> attribute here indicates that the two possible readings indicated by the <span class="att">target</span> attribute are mutually exclusive. The <span class="att">weights</span> attribute indicates the relative importance or preference to be attached to the two readings on a scale running from zero (most improbable) to one (most probable). In this case, we have a very strong preference for the second reading because this is the one that appears in the published version of the poem. The <a class="gi" title="(alternation) identifies an alternation or a set of choices among elements or passages." href="ref-alt.html">alt</a> element is further discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="SA.html#SAAT" title="Alternation"><span class="headingNumber">16.8 </span>Alternation</a>.</p></div><div class="teidiv3" id="instantcorr"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#alter"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.6 </span>Alternative Readings</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h5><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#instantcorr" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Instant Corrections</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.7 </span><span class="head">Instant Corrections</span></h5><p>The use of elements such as <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> and <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> necessarily implies that the modifications they indicate were made at some time after the original writing. An exception to this is where a false start or ‘instant’ correction has been identified: the author starts to write, and then immediately corrects what has been written.</p><p>The <span class="att">instant</span> attribute defined by this module may be used on any element which is a member of the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes describing the nature of an encoded scholarly intervention or interpretation of any kind." href="ref-att.editLike.html">att.editLike</a> class to modify this default assumption. When the value of <span class="att">instant</span> is set to <span class="val">true</span>, the addition or deletion is considered to belong to the same change as its parent element, while <code>false</code> means some change later than that of its parent.</p><div class="p">An example of false start or instant correction can be seen in the following line: <figure class="figure"><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#WHITMS1">bibliography</a></div><img src="Images/whitman03a.jpg" alt="Detail fron , one of the drafts for Whitman's
 " class="graphic" style=" width:70%;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.16. Detail fron <span class="titlem">[I am a curse]</span>, one of the drafts for Whitman's <span class="titlem">Song of Myself</span></figcaption></figure> in which we can detect the following sequence of events: <ol class="numbered"><li class="item">The letter <span class="val">T</span> is written and then immediately deleted</li><li class="item">The word <span class="val">The</span> is written, deleted, and replaced by the word <span class="val">His</span></li><li class="item">The added word <span class="val">His</span> is then deleted</li><li class="item">The initial letter <span class="val">i</span> of the words <span class="mentioned">iron necklace</span> is overwritten with a capital I</li></ol> To indicate that the first of these acts must have taken place during the main act of writing, before the other deletion and additions, we might encode this revision campaign as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96700" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">instant</span>="<span class="attributevalue">true</span>"></span>T<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><mod <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">subst</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>The<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">above</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">overstrike</span>"></span>His<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></mod></span><br /> <span class="element"><mod <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">subst</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">overwritten</span>"></span>i<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">superimposed</span>"></span>I<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></mod></span>ron necklace<span class="element"></line></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#WHITMS1">bibliography</a> </div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="teidiv1" id="PH-surfzone"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHST"><span class="headingNumber">11.3 </span>Scope of Transcriptions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHLAY"><span class="headingNumber">11.5 </span>Aspects of Layout</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-surfzone" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Advanced Uses of surface and zone</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span><span class="head">Advanced Uses of <span class="gi"><surface></span> and <span class="gi"><zone></span></span></h3><p>The function of the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element is both to identify a specific area containing writing and to provide a two dimensional set of coordinates which can be used to position and provide dimensions for sub-parts of it. Furthermore, surfaces may nest within other surfaces, as in the case of <span class="q">‘patches’</span> or other written materials attached to the main writing surface. In the general case, the position and dimensions of such nested surfaces will be defined using the same coordinate system as that supplied by the parent <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element. It is also possible, however, that a different coordinate system is required for such a nested surface, perhaps because it requires a more complex granularity. We consider both possibilities.</p><div class="p">In the earlier examples showing nested examples we did not provide any coordinate information, for simplicity of presentation. Suppose however, that we wish to indicate the position and sizes of the newspaper scraps in <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#sleeprs" title="Single leaf of notes possibly related to the poem eventually titled Sleepers. From the Walt Whitman Archive (Duke 258).">Figure 11.3, Single leaf of notes possibly related to the poem eventually titled Sleepers. From the Walt Whitman Archive (Duke 258). </a> above, relative to the whole page. As previously noted, the four attributes <span class="att">ulx</span>, <span class="att">uly</span>, <span class="att">lrx</span> and <span class="att">lry</span> when given on the <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element define the coordinate scheme, rather than specifying the location of that surface. We must therefore introduce an additional <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element, as in the following revised encoding for this example <div id="index-egXML-d52e96759" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Poem<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>As in Visions of — at<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>night —<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>All sorts of fancies running through<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>the head<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">newsprint</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">attachment</span>="<span class="attributevalue">glue</span>" <span class="attribute">flipping</span>="<span class="attributevalue">false</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone></span>Spring has just set in here, and the weather[...] a steamer <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><metamark <span class="attribute">function</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sequence</span>"></span>2<span class="element"></metamark></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#WHITMS2">bibliography</a> </div></div> In this version of the encoding, the inner surface, corresponding with the first piece of newsprint, inherits locational information from the <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element that contains it. This zone, and the preceding one, which contains a sequence of <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> elements, are both positioned in terms of the coordinates specified on the outermost <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element, which defines a scale running from 0 to 50 in either direction. On that scale, the <a class="gi" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> elements occupy a rectangle with coordinates (1,1,10,10), while the nested surface occupies a rectangle with coordinates (4,4,20,20).</div><div class="p">Now suppose that we wish to define a finer scale grid for the newspaper patch, perhaps because we wish to localize zones within it with greater accuracy. To do this we will need to specify the position of the nested surface as in the previous example, but also to define the new coordinate system. We accomplish this as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96794" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Poem<span class="element"></line></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>the head<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">100</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">100</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">10</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">90</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">95</span>"></span> Spring has just set in here, and the<br /> weather [...] a steamer <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span></div> As before, the second zone defines the position and size of the newspaper patch itself in terms of a coordinate system running from 0 to 50 on both X and Y axes. The nested <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> element however defines a new scale for all of its components, running from 0 to 100 on both X and Y axes. The position of the nested zone containing the text <span class="mentioned">Spring ... steamer</span> is now given in terms of this scale.</div><p>All of the examples so far given have involved rectangular zones, for clarity of exposition. As noted above, the <span class="att">points</span> attribute may be used to define non-rectangular zones as a series of points. For example, in the last of the Whitman examples discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-meta" title="Metamarks"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span>Metamarks</a> above, we might wish to record the exact shape of the zone containing the metamark <span class="mentioned">Entered</span>. Since this is not a rectangular zone, we use the <span class="att">points</span> attribute to indicate the points defining a polygon which contains it. The values used are expressed in terms of a coordinate space running from 0 to 229 in the X dimension, and 0 to 160 in the Y dimension.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e96826" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">229</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">160</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">whitman-02.jpg</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">entered</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">points</span>="<span class="attributevalue">142,122 155,113 178,122 208,144 198,154 178,139</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span></div><div class="p">In exactly the same way, we may wish to identify the curved zone in the following image containing the word <span class="mentioned">Northamptonshire</span>: <figure class="figure"><img src="Images/mould-stone.jpg" alt="Gravestone of Private Moulds" class="graphic" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.17. Gravestone of Private Moulds</figcaption></figure> This curved zone might be encoded in the following way: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96840" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">badge</span>" <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">14.54</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">16.14</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">stone.jpg</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">county</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">points</span>="<span class="attributevalue">4.6,6.3 5.25,5.85 6.2,6.6 8.2,7.4 9.9,6.6 10.9,6.1 11.4,6.7 8.2,8.3
6.2,7.6</span>"/></span><br /><span class="element"></surface></span></div></div><div class="p">Finally, it should be noted that a <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> does not need to be entirely contained within the two-dimensional space defined by its parent surface. For example, we might wish to encode the example in <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#durlach" title="Badische Landesbibliothek Manuscript Durlach 1 Fols. 95v96r">Figure 11.1, Badische Landesbibliothek, Manuscript Durlach 1, Fols. 95v-96r </a> above not as a surface representing the whole of the two page spread, but as a surface representing only the written part of this opening. The written part appears 50 units from the left of the image and 20 units from the top, while the bottom right corner of the written part appears 400 units from the left of the image, and 280 units from the top. We therefore define the written surface within this image as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96852" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">400</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">280</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div> To describe the whole image, we will now need to define a zone of interest which represents an area larger than this surface. Using the same coordinate system as that defined for the surface, its coordinates are <span class="val">0,0,500,321</span>. This zone of interest can be defined by a <a class="gi" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a> element, within which we can place the uncropped <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a graphic or illustration, either forming part of a text, or providing an image of it." href="ref-graphic.html">graphic</a>: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96867" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><facsimile></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">50</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">20</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">400</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">280</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">ulx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">uly</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0</span>" <span class="attribute">lrx</span>="<span class="attributevalue">500</span>" <span class="attribute">lry</span>="<span class="attributevalue">321</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><graphic <span class="attribute">url</span>="<span class="attributevalue">http://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/5/50/Handschrift.karlsruhe.blb.jpg</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></facsimile></span></div></div></div><div class="teidiv1" id="PHLAY"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-surfzone"><span class="headingNumber">11.4 </span>Advanced Uses of surface and zone</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHSK"><span class="headingNumber">11.6 </span>Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHLAY" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Aspects of Layout</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.5 </span><span class="head">Aspects of Layout</span></h3><div class="p">The following methods are available to capture general aspects of the layout of material on a page where this is considered important. Within the <a class="gi" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> element, as already indicated, the element <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> and <a class="gi" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a> enable the encoder to represent directly the structure of a codex as gatherings or quires, leaves, and surfaces, as in the following example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96887" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><sourceDoc></span><br /> <span class="element"><surfaceGrp <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">quire</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surfaceGrp <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">leaf</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">recto</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1r</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">verso</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1v</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></surfaceGrp></span><br /> <span class="element"><surfaceGrp <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">leaf</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">recto</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2r</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">verso</span>" <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">2v</span>"></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /> <span class="element"></surfaceGrp></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- other leaves in first quire --></span><br /> <span class="element"></surfaceGrp></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- other quires here --></span><br /><span class="element"></sourceDoc></span></div></div><p>In some cases, it may be preferable to define <a class="gi" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a>s corresponding with each two page opening, for example where it is clear that the writer regarded each such opening as a single writing surface, with written zones or other features crossing the page divide. An example is shown here: </p><figure class="figure"><img src="Images/proust-42v.png" alt="Opening from autograph ms of Proust's 
 (f 42v-43r)" class="graphic" style=" width:80%;" /><figcaption class="caption">Figure 11.18. Opening from autograph ms of Proust's <span class="titlem">A la recherche du temps perdu</span> (f 42v-43r)</figcaption></figure><p>The coloured lines added to this image indicate a number of zones of writing, colour coded to indicate the order in which they were written (purple, then green, then red). For example, the zone marked in red on the left contains a note referring to the purple zone on the right. </p><p>This approach assumes that the transcription will primarily be organized in the same way as the physical layout of the source, using embedded transcription elements. Alternatively, where the a non-embedded transcription has been provided, using the <a class="gi" title="contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample." href="ref-text.html">text</a> element, it is still possible to record gathering breaks, page breaks, column breaks, line breaks etc in the source, using the elements described in section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CORS" title="Reference Systems"><span class="headingNumber">3.10 </span>Reference Systems</a>. Detailed metadata about the physical make-up of a source will usually be summarized by the <a class="gi" title="(physical description) contains a full physical description of a manuscript or manuscript part, optionally subdivided using more specialized elements from the model.physDescPart class." href="ref-physDesc.html">physDesc</a> component of a <a class="gi" title="(manuscript description) contains a description of a single identifiable manuscript or other text-bearing object." href="ref-msDesc.html">msDesc</a> element discussed in <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html#msph" title="Physical Description"><span class="headingNumber">10.7 </span>Physical Description</a>.</p><div class="div3" id="PHSP"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHLN"><span class="headingNumber">11.5.2 </span>Lines</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHSP" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Space</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.5.1 </span><span class="head">Space</span></h4><p>The author or scribe may have left space for a word, or for an initial capital, and for some reason the word or capital was never supplied and the space left empty. The presence of significant space in the text being transcribed may be indicated by the <a class="gi" title="indicates the location of a significant space in the text." href="ref-space.html">space</a> element. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-space.html">space</a></span> indicates the location of a significant space in the text.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">resp</span></td><td>(responsible party) (responsible party) indicates the individual responsible for identifying and measuring the space</td></tr></table></li></ul><p> Note that this element should not be used to mark normal inter-word space or the like.</p><div class="p">In line 694 of Chaucer's <span class="titlem">Wife of Bath's Prologue</span> in the Holkham manuscript the scribe has left a space for a word where other manuscripts read <span class="mentioned">preestes</span>: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96952" class="pre egXML_valid">By<br /> god if wommen had writen storyes As <span class="element"><space <span class="attribute">quantity</span>="<span class="attributevalue">7</span>" <span class="attribute">unit</span>="<span class="attributevalue">chars</span>"/></span> han within her<br /> oratoryes</div> The <a class="gi" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> element discussed in the previous section may be used to supply the text presumed missing: <div id="index-egXML-d52e96960" class="pre egXML_valid">By god if wommen had writen storyes As<br /><span class="element"><supplied <span class="attribute">reason</span>="<span class="attributevalue">space</span>" <span class="attribute">resp</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#ETD</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">source</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#Hg</span>"></span>preestes<span class="element"></supplied></span> han within<br /> her oratoryes</div> Here, the fact of the space within the manuscript is indicated by the value of the <span class="att">reason</span> attribute. The source of the supplied text is shown by the value of the <span class="att">source</span> attribute as the Hengwrt manuscript; the transcriber responsible for supplying the text is ES.</div></div><div class="div3" id="PHLN"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHSP"><span class="headingNumber">11.5.1 </span>Space</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h4><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHLN" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Lines</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.5.2 </span><span class="head">Lines</span></h4><div class="p">One of the more common forms of modification encountered in written documents of any kind is the presence of lines written under, beside, or through the text. Such lines may be of various types: they may be solid, dashed or dotted, doubled or tripled, wavy or straight, or a combination of these and other renderings. The line may be used for emphasis, or to mark a foreign or technical term, or to signal a quotation or a title, etc.: the elements <a class="gi" title="(emphasized) marks words or phrases which are stressed or emphasized for linguistic or rhetorical effect." href="ref-emph.html">emph</a>, <a class="gi" title="identifies a word or phrase as belonging to some language other than that of the surrounding text." href="ref-foreign.html">foreign</a>, <a class="gi" title="contains a single-word, multi-word, or symbolic designation which is regarded as a technical term." href="ref-term.html">term</a>, <a class="gi" title="() marks words or phrases mentioned, not used." href="ref-mentioned.html">mentioned</a>, or <a class="gi" title="contains a title for any kind of work." href="ref-title.html">title</a> may be used for these. Where the line has a clear paratextual function the <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element may be considered more appropriate. Frequently, a scholar may judge that a line is used to delete text: the <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> element is available to indicate this. In all these cases, the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute may be used to supply further details concerning the style of the line. Thus, Lawrence's deletion by strike-through of <span class="mentioned">my</span> in the autograph of <span class="titlem">Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani</span> may be encoded: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97009" class="pre egXML_valid">For I hate this <span class="element"><del <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">strikethrough</span>" <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#dhl</span>"></span>my<span class="element"></del></span> body, which is so<br /> dear to me</div></div><div class="p">There will be instances, however, where a scholar wishes only to register the occurrence of lines in the text, without making any judgement as to what the lines signify. In these cases the <a class="gi" title="(highlighted) marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is made." href="ref-hi.html">hi</a> element may be used, with the <span class="att">rend</span> attribute to mark the style of line. In the manuscript of a letter by Robert Browning to George Moulton-Barrett the underlining of the phrase <span class="mentioned">had obtained all the letters to Mr Boyd</span> may be marked-up as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97025" class="pre egXML_valid">I have once — by<br /> declaring I would prosecute by law — hindered a man's proceedings who <span class="element"><hi <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">underline</span>"></span>had obtained all the letters to Mr Boyd<span class="element"></hi></span><div style="float: right;"><a href="BIB.html#PH-eg-15">bibliography</a> </div></div></div><div class="p">The above examples presume the common case where a single word or phrase is marked by a line, with no doubt as to where the marking begins or ends and with no overlapping of the area of text with other marked areas of text. Where there is doubt, the <a class="gi" title="indicates the degree of certainty associated with some aspect of the text markup." href="ref-certainty.html">certainty</a> element may be used to record the doubt. In the Browning example cited above the underlining actually begins half-way under <span class="mentioned">who</span>, and this uncertainty could be remarked as follows: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97037" class="pre egXML_valid">I have once — by declaring I would prosecute<br /> by law — hindered a man's proceedings who <span class="element"><hi <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">cstart1</span>" <span class="attribute">rend</span>="<span class="attributevalue">underline</span>"></span>had<br /> obtained all the letters to Mr Boyd<span class="element"></hi></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- ... --></span><br /><span class="element"><certainty <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#cstart1</span>" <span class="attribute">locus</span>="<span class="attributevalue">start</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">degree</span>="<span class="attributevalue">0.70</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><desc></span>may begin with previous word<span class="element"></desc></span><br /><span class="element"></certainty></span></div></div><p>Where the area of text marked overlaps other areas of text, for example crossing a structural division, one of the spanning mechanisms mentioned above must be used; for example where the line is thought to mark a deletion, the <a class="gi" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> element may be used. Where it is desired simply to record the marking of a span of text in circumstances where it is not possible to surround the text with a <a class="gi" title="(highlighted) marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is made." href="ref-hi.html">hi</a> element, the <a class="gi" title="associates an interpretative annotation directly with a span of text." href="ref-span.html">span</a> element may be used with the <span class="att">rend</span> or <span class="att">type</span> attribute indicating the style of line-marking.</p><p>More work needs to be done on clarifying the treatment of other textual features marked by lines which might so overlap or nest. For example, in many Middle English manuscripts (e.g. the Jesus and Digby verse collections), marginal sidebars may indicate metrical structure: couplets may be linked in pairs, with the pairs themselves linked into stanzas. Or, marginal sidebars may indicate emphasis, or may point out a region of text on which there is some annotation: in many manuscripts of Chaucer's <span class="titlem">Wife of Bath's Prologue</span> lines 655–8 are marked with nesting parentheses against which the scribe has written <span class="mentioned">nota</span>.</p><p>Such features could be captured by use of the <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element, containing a prose description of the manuscript at this point, enhanced by a link to a visual representation (or facsimile) of the feature in question. For example, in the Chaucer example just cited, one may wish to record that the <span class="mentioned">nota</span> is written in the Hengwrt manuscript in the right margin against a single large left parenthesis bracketing the four lines, with two right parentheses in the right margin bracketing two overlapping pairs of lines: the first and third, the second and fourth. The <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a> element allows us to record that the scribe wrote <span class="mentioned">nota</span>, but is not well-adapted to show that the <span class="mentioned">nota</span> points both at all four lines and at two pairs of lines within the four lines. The <a class="gi" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> element discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PH-meta" title="Metamarks"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.4.2 </span>Metamarks</a> above provides better facilities for this kind of complex annotation.</p></div></div><div class="div2" id="PHSK"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHLAY"><span class="headingNumber">11.5 </span>Aspects of Layout</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-changes"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHSK" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.6 </span><span class="head">Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</span></h3><p>Such information as page numbers, signatures, or catchwords may be recorded in a specialized <a class="gi" title="(forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page." href="ref-fw.html">fw</a> element provided for that purpose. Although the name derives from the term <span class="term">forme work</span>, used in description of early printed documents (the <span class="q">‘forme’</span> being the block used to hold movable type), the <a class="gi" title="(forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page." href="ref-fw.html">fw</a> element may be used for such features of any document, written or printed. Note that the purpose of this element is to record page numbers etc. <em>actually present</em> in the document being encoded, not necessarily to provide a complete or accurate pagination of it.</p><p>Information about pagination etc. may also be provided using the <span class="att">n</span> attribute of the <a class="gi" title="(page break) marks the start of a new page in a paginated document." href="ref-pb.html">pb</a> or <a class="gi" title="(gathering begins) marks the point in a transcribed codex at which a new gathering or quire begins." href="ref-gb.html">gb</a> elements, or by other appropriate <a class="gi" title="marks a boundary point separating any kind of section of a text, typically but not necessarily indicating a point at which some part of a standard reference system changes, where the change is not represented by a structural element." href="ref-milestone.html">milestone</a> elements, as further discussed in section <a class="link_ptr" href="CO.html#CORS" title="Reference Systems"><span class="headingNumber">3.10 </span>Reference Systems</a>: since this information is usually provided by the encoder, it is not subject to the constraint that it should be present only if textually present in the source being encoded. In text-critical situations it may be useful to provide both a normalized version of the pagination and a representation of the catch-word or numbering, especially when the latter presents a variant reading, or is significant for compositor identification. </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-fw.html">fw</a></span> (forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page.</li></ul><p> The <a class="gi" title="(forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page." href="ref-fw.html">fw</a> element may be used to encode any of the unchanging portions of a page forme, such as: </p><ul class="bulleted"><li class="item">running heads (whether repeated or changing on every page, or alternating pages)</li><li class="item">running footers</li><li class="item">page numbers</li><li class="item">catch-words</li><li class="item">other material repeated from page to page, which falls outside the stream of the text</li></ul><p> It should not be used for marginal glosses, annotations, or textual variants, which should be tagged using <a class="gi" title="identifies a phrase or word used to provide a gloss or definition for some other word or phrase." href="ref-gloss.html">gloss</a>, <a class="gi" title="contains a note or annotation." href="ref-note.html">note</a>, or the text-critical tags described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="TC.html" title="19"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a>, respectively.</p><div class="p">For example: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97158" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><fw <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">head</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">top-centre</span>"></span>Poëms.<span class="element"></fw></span><br /><span class="element"><fw <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">pageNum</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">top-right</span>"></span>29<span class="element"></fw></span><br /><span class="element"><fw <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">sig</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">bot-centre</span>"></span>E3<span class="element"></fw></span><br /><span class="element"><fw <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">catch</span>" <span class="attribute">place</span>="<span class="attributevalue">bot-right</span>"></span>TEMPLE<span class="element"></fw></span></div> </div></div><div class="teidiv1" id="PH-changes"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHSK"><span class="headingNumber">11.6 </span>Headers, Footers, and Similar Matter</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHTRXX"><span class="headingNumber">11.8 </span>Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PH-changes" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Identifying Changes and Revisions</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span><span class="head">Identifying Changes and Revisions</span></h3><p>A major purpose of genetic editing is the identification of ‘revision campaigns’ or, more generally, <span class="term">changes</span>. An editor may wish to regard a particular set of alterations (deletions, additions, substitutions, transpositions, etc.) or any other act of writing as a single object for which we use the general term <span class="term">change</span>, to indicate both that one or more of such phenomena preceded or followed another and also to indicate that they are related in some way, for example that one is a consequence of the other. They might also wish to group together certain revisions, regardless of when they might have occurred, based on a variety of other shared characteristics (e.g., corrections of factual errors or revisions that incorporate suggestions made by a given reader). To document this we need: </p><ul><li class="item">a system to assign phenomena to a particular ‘change’ as defined above</li><li class="item">a way to characterize each such change, in itself and in relation to others.</li></ul><p>The element <a class="gi" title="contains information about the creation of a text." href="ref-creation.html">creation</a> (within the TEI header profile description) contains all information relating to the genesis or production of a text. It may contain a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text." href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a> element which contains a number of <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements, one for each set of alterations identified: </p><ul class="specList"><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a></span> groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text.<table class="specDesc"><tr><td class="Attribute"><span class="att">ordered</span></td><td>indicates whether the ordering of its child <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements is to be considered significant or not</td></tr></table></li><li><span class="specList-elementSpec"><a href="ref-change.html">change</a></span> documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file.</li></ul><p>In the following example an editor has identified four distinct sets of alterations:</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e97213" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><profileDesc></span><br /> <span class="element"><creation></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange <span class="attribute">ordered</span>="<span class="attributevalue">true</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-1</span>"></span>First stage, written in ink <span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-2</span>"></span>Second stage, with revisions written in the author's hand<br /> using pencil<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-3</span>"></span>Fixation of the pencilled revisions together with further<br /> revisions in the author's hand using ink<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-4</span>"></span>Additions in a different hand, probably at a later<br /> stage<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"></creation></span><br /><span class="element"></profileDesc></span></div><p>The <a class="gi" title="groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text." href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a> element carries an attribute <span class="att">ordered</span>, which can take the values <code>true</code> or <code>false</code> (the default). The attribute specifies whether the order of child elements signifies a temporal order for the revision campaigns which they document. In the example above, the editor has asserted that the four sets distinguished are ordered chronologically according to the order of the <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements. If necessary, <a class="gi" title="groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text." href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a> elements can be nested hierarchically. This may be helpful in two cases. Firstly one can build up hypotheses about related revisions step-by-step, starting with <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements of smaller coverage, whose members are certainly related, and then in a subsequent pass grouping these in turn, thereby extending their reach.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e97251" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><profileDesc></span><br /> <span class="element"><creation></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">o</span>"></span>An unrelated change note<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">m</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">m1</span>"></span>Alterations on one manuscript page, certainly<br /> related<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">m2</span>"></span>Alterations on another manuscript page, certainly<br /> related<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">p</span>"></span>Another unrelated change note<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"></creation></span><br /><span class="element"></profileDesc></span></div><p>A nested <a class="gi" title="groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text." href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a> elements is also useful to indicate a <em>partial</em> ordering of <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e97275" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><listChange <span class="attribute">ordered</span>="<span class="attributevalue">true</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST1</span>"></span>The first stage<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange></span><br /><span class="comment"><!-- We have no information about the order of these changes, except
that they both followed ST1 and preceded STX --></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-rev1</span>"></span>A revision of the first stage<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">ST-rev2</span>"></span>Another revision of the first stage<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">STX</span>"></span>The last stage<span class="element"></change></span><br /><span class="element"></listChange></span></div><p>In addition to the possibility of being ordered by their sequence within a <a class="gi" title="groups a number of change descriptions associated with either the creation of a source text or the revision of an encoded text." href="ref-listChange.html">listChange</a> element, <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements may carry a number of attributes from the <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain dates, times, or datable events." href="ref-att.datable.html">att.datable</a> class (<span class="att">period</span>, <span class="att">when</span>, <span class="att">notBefore</span>, <span class="att">notAfter</span>, <span class="att">from</span>, and <span class="att">to</span>) which allow each element to be dated as exactly or inexactly as necessary, in the same way as is currently possible for the TEI <a class="gi" title="contains a date in any format." href="ref-date.html">date</a> element.</p><div id="index-egXML-d52e97322" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><profileDesc></span><br /> <span class="element"><creation></span><br /> <span class="element"><date <span class="attribute">notAfter</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1816-07-18</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange <span class="attribute">ordered</span>="<span class="attributevalue">true</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">mod1</span>" <span class="attribute">when</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1816-07-16</span>"></span>The first draft of<br /> <span class="element"><title></span>Persuasion<span class="element"></title></span>, completed by the date <span class="element"><date></span>July 16 1816<span class="element"></date></span><br /> which is written after the word <span class="element"><q></span>Finis<span class="element"></q></span> at <span class="element"><ref <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#pers-30</span>"></span>page<br /> 30<span class="element"></ref></span>.<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">mod2</span>"<br /> <span class="attribute">notBefore</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1816-07-16</span>"></span>After the <span class="element"><date></span>16th of July<span class="element"></date></span><br /> Austen starts revision of the two final chapters, by rewriting the end and<br /> adding a new zone (<span class="element"><ref <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#transp-1</span>"></span>pages 32-35<span class="element"></ref></span>) to be inserted at<br /> <span class="element"><ref <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#insertion-p1</span>"></span>page 19<span class="element"></ref></span>. This stage is documented by the<br /> deletion of the date (<span class="element"><date></span>July 16 1816<span class="element"></date></span>) at <span class="element"><ref <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#pers-30</span>"></span>page<br /> 30<span class="element"></ref></span>, and the addition of more text and of a new date (<span class="element"><date></span>July 18.<br /> 1816<span class="element"></date></span>) at <span class="element"><ref <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#pers-31</span>"></span>page 31<span class="element"></ref></span><span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">notBefore</span>="<span class="attributevalue">1816-07-18</span>"></span>Before publication, after <span class="element"><date></span>July 18th,<br /> 1816<span class="element"></date></span> chapters 10-11 were broken into three chapters, 10, 11, 12, as<br /> witnessed by the print.<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"></creation></span><br /><span class="element"></profileDesc></span></div><p>Each <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element, apart from declaring a distinct moment or phase in the creation of the document, may also contain references to other annotations contained within the <a class="gi" title="(TEI header) supplies descriptive and declarative metadata associated with a digital resource or set of resources." href="ref-teiHeader.html">teiHeader</a> or in the document (as shown in the previous example). Such references, along with the textual content, are purely documentary. The association between a textual component and a <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element is always made explicitly, either by using the <span class="att">target</span> attribute on the <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element to point to one or more textual elements, or by pointing from the element or elements concerned to the <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element by means of their <span class="att">change</span> attribute. If a <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element is associated with some element, it is also associated with all of that element's children, unless otherwise indicated, for example by a new value for the <span class="att">change</span> attribute.</p><div class="p">In the following simple example, the text at one stage read <span class="q">‘This is a mouse’</span>, and at the next <span class="q">‘This is a house mouse’</span>: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97409" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#firstStage</span>"></span>This is a <span class="element"><add <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#secondStage</span>"></span>house<span class="element"></add></span><br /> mouse.<span class="element"></line></span></div></div><div class="p">In this example, however, the text originally read <span class="q">‘This is a house’</span>, and subsequently <span class="q">‘This is a mouse’</span>: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97424" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#firstStage</span>"></span>This is a <span class="element"><mod <span class="attribute">type</span>="<span class="attributevalue">subst</span>" <span class="attribute">change</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#secondStage</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>house<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>mouse<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></mod></span>.<span class="element"></line></span></div> Note that in this case both the deletion and the addition are associated with the second <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element. The word <span class="q">‘house’</span>, because its deletion forms part of this second set of alterations, must have been present originally, whereas the word <span class="q">‘mouse’</span> must have been added during the second set of alterations.</div><p>Elements such as <a class="gi" title="(addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the source text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-add.html">add</a> and <a class="gi" title="(deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, or a previous annotator or corrector." href="ref-del.html">del</a> and the like carry an implied semantics concerning the order in which events in the writing of a document was carried out: something which is deleted must have been written before it was deleted; something which is added must have been added at a later stage of the writing. Even when a combination of such elements is used, the chronology can usually be inferred (see further <a class="link_ptr" href="PH.html#PHCOMB" title="Use of the gap del damage unclear and supplied Elements in Combination"><span class="headingNumber">11.3.3.2 </span>Use of the gap, del, damage, unclear, and supplied Elements in Combination</a>). Explicit indication of the set of alterations to which some modification belongs is mostly useful in situations where all the alterations identified in a document are to be grouped, for example chronologically.</p><div class="p">The interpretation of <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> elements with respect to a particular text passage is based on a number of implicit assumptions and constraints which have the effect of minimizing the amount of tagging necessary. The system is also flexible enough to support an explicit distinction between acts of writing and textual alterations, since either of these can be associated with changes described in the encoding. The following example shows an encoding in which the same passage is transcribed twice, once from a documentary perspective, and once from a textual one: <div id="index-egXML-d52e97461" class="pre egXML_valid"><span class="element"><profileDesc></span><br /> <span class="element"><creation></span><br /> <span class="element"><listChange <span class="attribute">ordered</span>="<span class="attributevalue">true</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#zone_1 #subst_3</span>"></span>First stage, written in ink by a<br /> scribe<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#zone_2 #mod_1 #line_1 #line_2 #subst_1 #subst_2 #subst_4 #delSpan_1</span>"></span>Revised by Goethe using pencil<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"><change <span class="attribute">target</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#redo_1 #redo_2 #redo_3 #subst_1 #subst_2 #delSpan_1 #add_1</span>"></span>Fixation of the revised passages and further revisions by Goethe using<br /> ink<span class="element"></change></span><br /> <span class="element"></listChange></span><br /> <span class="element"></creation></span><br /><span class="element"></profileDesc></span><br /><span class="element"><sourceDoc></span><br /> <span class="element"><surface></span><br /> <span class="element"><zone <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">zone_1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">line_1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">new</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#g_bl</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><retrace <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#g_t</span>" <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">redo_1</span>"></span>Nun<span class="element"></retrace></span><br /> <span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span><br /> <span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">new</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#jo_t</span>"/></span>Ihr wanſtige Schuften mit den Feuerbacken<span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">line_2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><handShift <span class="attribute">new</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#g_bl</span>"/></span><br /> <span class="element"><retrace <span class="attribute">hand</span>="<span class="attributevalue">#g_t</span>" <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">redo_2</span>"></span>feiſt<span class="element"></retrace></span><br /> <span class="element"></line></span><br /> <span class="element"><line></span>Ihr glüht ſo recht vom Höllen Schwefel ſatt.<span class="element"></line></span> [...] <span class="element"></zone></span><br /> <span class="element"></surface></span><br /><span class="element"></sourceDoc></span><br /><span class="element"><text></span><br /> <span class="element"><body></span><br /> <span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">11656</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><subst <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">subst_1</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>Ihr<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>Nun<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></subst></span> wanſtige Schuften mit den Feuerbacken<span class="element"></l></span><br /> <span class="element"><l <span class="attribute">n</span>="<span class="attributevalue">11657</span>"></span>Ihr glüht ſo recht vom Höllen Schwefel <span class="element"><subst <span class="attribute">xml:id</span>="<span class="attributevalue">subst_2</span>"></span><br /> <span class="element"><del></span>ſatt<span class="element"></del></span><br /> <span class="element"><add></span>feiſt<span class="element"></add></span><br /> <span class="element"></subst></span>.<span class="element"></l></span><br /> <span class="element"></body></span><br /><span class="element"></text></span></div></div><p>The documentary transcription stresses the writing process, while the textual transcription emphasizes textual alterations. In either case, the change of writing activity associated with a particular feature in the transcript is explicitly indicated. From the documentary perspective, by assigning particular modifications to a specific <a class="gi" title="documents a change or set of changes made during the production of a source document, or during the revision of an electronic file." href="ref-change.html">change</a> element, we describe the writing process, in that they specify which segment has been written when . From the textual perspective, the markup concentrates simply on the existence of textual alterations and makes no explicit claims about the order of writing. </p></div><div class="div2" id="PHTRXX"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PH-changes"><span class="headingNumber">11.7 </span>Identifying Changes and Revisions</a></li><li class="subtoc"><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#index-body.1_div.11_div.9"><span class="headingNumber">11.9 </span>Module for Transcription of Primary Sources</a></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#PHTRXX" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.8 </span><span class="head">Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines</span></h3><p>We repeat the advice given at the beginning of this chapter, that these recommendations are not intended to meet every transcriptional circumstance ever likely to be faced by any scholar. They are intended rather as a base to enable encoding of the most common phenomena found in the course of scholarly transcription of primary source materials. These guidelines particularly do not address the encoding of physical description of textual witnesses: the materials of the carrier, the medium of the inscribing implement, the organisation of the carrier materials themselves (as quiring, collation, etc.), authorial instructions or scribal markup, etc., except insofar as these are involved in the broader question of manuscript description, as addressed by the <span class="ident-module">msdescription</span> module described in chapter <a class="link_ptr" href="MS.html" title="Manuscript Description"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a>.</p></div><div class="teidiv1" id="index-body.1_div.11_div.9"><div class="miniTOC miniTOC_right"><ul class="subtoc"><li class="subtoc"><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="PH.html#PHTRXX"><span class="headingNumber">11.8 </span>Other Primary Source Features not Covered in these Guidelines</a></li><li class="subtoc"></li><li class="subtoc"><a class="navigation" href="index.html">Home</a></li></ul></div><h3><span class="bookmarklink"><a class="bookmarklink" href="#index-body.1_div.11_div.9" title="link to this section "><span class="invisible">TEI: Module for Transcription of Primary Sources</span><span class="pilcrow">¶</span></a></span><span class="headingNumber">11.9 </span><span class="head">Module for Transcription of Primary Sources</span></h3><p>The module described in this chapter makes available the following components: </p><dl class="moduleSpec"><dt class="moduleSpecHead"><span lang="en">Module</span> transcr: Transcription of primary sources</dt><dd><ul><li><span lang="en">Elements defined</span>: <a class="link_odd" title="(added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also <add>)." href="ref-addSpan.html">addSpan</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation." href="ref-am.html">am</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains an area of damage to the text witness." href="ref-damage.html">damage</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible." href="ref-damageSpan.html">damageSpan</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector." href="ref-delSpan.html">delSpan</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation." href="ref-ex.html">ex</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text." href="ref-facsimile.html">facsimile</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page." href="ref-fw.html">fw</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains one or more <handNote> elements documenting the different hands identified within the source texts." href="ref-handNotes.html">handNotes</a> <a class="link_odd" title="marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint." href="ref-handShift.html">handShift</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document" href="ref-line.html">line</a> <a class="link_odd" title="supplies a list of transpositions, each of which is indicated at some point in a document typically by means of metamarks." href="ref-listTranspose.html">listTranspose</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains or describes any kind of graphic or written signal within a document the function of which is to determine how it should be read rather than forming part of the actual content of the document." href="ref-metamark.html">metamark</a> <a class="link_odd" title="represents any kind of modification identified within a single document." href="ref-mod.html">mod</a> <a class="link_odd" title="indicates one or more cancelled interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked as reaffirmed or repeated." href="ref-redo.html">redo</a> <a class="link_odd" title="indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction." href="ref-restore.html">restore</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains a sequence of writing which has been retraced, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it." href="ref-retrace.html">retrace</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(secluded text) Secluded. Marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be genuine but out of its original place (which is unknown)." href="ref-secl.html">secl</a> <a class="link_odd" title="contains a transcription or other representation of a single source document potentially forming part of a dossier génétique or collection of sources." href="ref-sourceDoc.html">sourceDoc</a> <a class="link_odd" title="indicates the location of a significant space in the text." href="ref-space.html">space</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text." href="ref-subst.html">subst</a> <a class="link_odd" title="(substitution join) identifies a series of possibly fragmented additions, deletions or other revisions on a manuscript that combine to make up a single intervention in the text" href="ref-substJoin.html">substJoin</a> <a class="link_odd" title="signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason; for example because the original cannot be read due to physical damage, or because of an obvious omission by the author or scribe." href="ref-supplied.html">supplied</a> <a class="link_odd" title="defines a written surface as a two-dimensional coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, zones of interest within that space, and transcriptions of the writing within them." href="ref-surface.html">surface</a> <a class="link_odd" title="defines any kind of useful grouping of written surfaces, for example the recto and verso of a single leaf, which the encoder wishes to treat as a single unit." href="ref-surfaceGrp.html">surfaceGrp</a> <a class="link_odd" title="marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant." href="ref-surplus.html">surplus</a> <a class="link_odd" title="describes a single textual transposition as an ordered list of at least two pointers specifying the order in which the elements indicated should be re-combined." href="ref-transpose.html">transpose</a> <a class="link_odd" title="indicates one or more marked-up interventions in a document which have subsequently been marked for cancellation." href="ref-undo.html">undo</a> <a class="link_odd" title="defines any two-dimensional area within a <surface> element." href="ref-zone.html">zone</a></li><li><span lang="en">Classes defined</span>: <a class="link_odd" title="provides attributes which can be used to position their parent element within a two dimensional coordinate system." href="ref-att.coordinated.html">att.coordinated</a> <a class="link_odd" title="supplies the @change attribute, allowing its member elements to specify one or more states or revision campaigns with which they are associated." href="ref-att.global.change.html">att.global.change</a> <a class="link_odd" title="provides an attribute used to express correspondence between an element containing transcribed text and all or part of an image representing that text." href="ref-att.global.facs.html">att.global.facs</a></li></ul></dd></dl><p> The selection and combination of modules to form a TEI schema is described in <a class="link_ptr" href="ST.html#STIN" title="Defining a TEI Schema"><span class="headingNumber">1.2 </span>Defining a TEI Schema</a>.</p></div></div><nav class="left"><span class="upLink"> ↑ </span><a class="navigation" href="index.html">TEI P5 Guidelines</a><span class="previousLink"> « </span><a class="navigation" href="MS.html"><span class="headingNumber">10 </span>Manuscript Description</a><span class="nextLink"> » </span><a class="navigation" href="TC.html"><span class="headingNumber">12 </span>Critical Apparatus</a></nav><!--Notes in [div]--><div class="notes"><div class="noteHeading">Notes</div><div class="note" id="Note78"><span class="noteLabel">41 </span><div class="noteBody">The coordinate space may be thought of as a grid superimposed on a rectangular space. Rectangular areas of the grid are defined as four numbers <span class="math">a b c d</span>: the first two identify the grid point which is at the upper left corner of the rectangle; the second two give the grid point located at the lower right corner of the rectangle. The grid point <span class="math">a b</span> is understood to be the point which is located <span class="math">a</span> points from the origin along the <span class="math">x</span> (horizontal) axis, and <span class="math">b</span> points from the origin along the <span class="math">y</span> (vertical) axis.</div> <a class="link_return" title="Go back to text" href="#Note78_return">↵</a></div><div class="note" id="Note79"><span class="noteLabel">42 </span><div class="noteBody">The <span class="att">points</span> attribute supplies a ‘points specification’ in the same form as that required by the <span class="gi"><polyline></span> or <span class="gi"><polygon></span> elements in the SVG standard. See <a class="link_ptr" href="http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/shapes.html#PointsBNF"><span>http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/shapes.html#PointsBNF</span></a></div> <a class="link_return" title="Go back to text" href="#Note79_return">↵</a></div><div class="note" id="Note80"><span class="noteLabel">43 </span><div class="noteBody">The coordinate space used here is based on pixels, but the mapping between pixels and units in the coordinate space need not be one-to-one; it might be convenient to define a more delicate grid, to enable us to address much smaller parts of the image. This can be done simply by supplying appropriate values for the attributes which define the coordinate space; for example doubling them all would map each pixel to two grid points in the coordinate space.</div> <a class="link_return" title="Go back to text" href="#Note80_return">↵</a></div><div class="note" id="Note81"><span class="noteLabel">44 </span><div class="noteBody">The image is taken from the collection at <a class="link_ptr" href="http://ancilla.unice.fr/Illustr.html"><span>http://ancilla.unice.fr/Illustr.html</span></a>, and was digitized from a copy in the Bibliothèque Municipale de Lyon, by whose kind permission it is included here.</div> <a class="link_return" title="Go back to text" href="#Note81_return">↵</a></div><div class="note" id="Note82"><span class="noteLabel">45 </span><div class="noteBody">The manuscript contains several other substitutions, ignored here for the sake of clarity.</div> <a class="link_return" title="Go back to text" href="#Note82_return">↵</a></div></div><div class="stdfooter autogenerated"><p>
[<a href="../../en/html/PH.html">English</a>]
[<a href="../../de/html/PH.html">Deutsch</a>]
[<a href="../../es/html/PH.html">Español</a>]
[<a href="../../it/html/PH.html">Italiano</a>]
[<a href="../../fr/html/PH.html">Français</a>]
[<a href="../../ja/html/PH.html">日本語</a>]
[<a href="../../ko/html/PH.html">한국어</a>]
[<a href="../../zh-TW/html/PH.html">中文</a>]
</p><hr /><div class="footer"><a class="plain" href="http://www.tei-c.org/About/">TEI Consortium</a> | <a class="plain" href="http://www.tei-c.org/About/contact.xml">Feedback</a></div><hr /><address><br />TEI Guidelines <a class="link_ref" href="AB.html#ABTEI4">Version</a> <a class="link_ref" href="../../readme-3.1.1.html">3.1.1a</a>. Last updated on <span class="date">10th May 2017</span>, revision <a class="link_ref" href="https://github.com/TEIC/TEI/commit/bd8dda3">bd8dda3</a>. This page generated on 2017-05-12T12:30:09Z.</address></div></div></body></html>